Bug Summary

File:src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../../../llvm/clang/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp
Warning:line 2535, column 24
Called C++ object pointer is null

Annotated Source Code

Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts

clang -cc1 -cc1 -triple amd64-unknown-openbsd7.0 -analyze -disable-free -disable-llvm-verifier -discard-value-names -main-file-name MicrosoftMangle.cpp -analyzer-store=region -analyzer-opt-analyze-nested-blocks -analyzer-checker=core -analyzer-checker=apiModeling -analyzer-checker=unix -analyzer-checker=deadcode -analyzer-checker=cplusplus -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.UncheckedReturn -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.getpw -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.gets -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mktemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.mkstemp -analyzer-checker=security.insecureAPI.vfork -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullPassedToNonnull -analyzer-checker=nullability.NullReturnedFromNonnull -analyzer-output plist -w -setup-static-analyzer -mrelocation-model static -mframe-pointer=all -relaxed-aliasing -fno-rounding-math -mconstructor-aliases -munwind-tables -target-cpu x86-64 -tune-cpu generic -debugger-tuning=gdb -fcoverage-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/obj -resource-dir /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0 -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/obj/../include/clang/AST -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../../../llvm/clang/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../../../llvm/llvm/include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../include -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/obj -I /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/obj/../include -D NDEBUG -D __STDC_LIMIT_MACROS -D __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS -D __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS -D LLVM_PREFIX="/usr" -internal-isystem /usr/include/c++/v1 -internal-isystem /usr/local/lib/clang/13.0.0/include -internal-externc-isystem /usr/include -O2 -Wno-unused-parameter -Wwrite-strings -Wno-missing-field-initializers -Wno-long-long -Wno-comment -std=c++14 -fdeprecated-macro -fdebug-compilation-dir=/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/obj -ferror-limit 19 -fvisibility-inlines-hidden -fwrapv -stack-protector 2 -fno-rtti -fgnuc-version=4.2.1 -vectorize-loops -vectorize-slp -fno-builtin-malloc -fno-builtin-calloc -fno-builtin-realloc -fno-builtin-valloc -fno-builtin-free -fno-builtin-strdup -fno-builtin-strndup -analyzer-output=html -faddrsig -D__GCC_HAVE_DWARF2_CFI_ASM=1 -o /home/ben/Projects/vmm/scan-build/2022-01-12-194120-40624-1 -x c++ /usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../../../llvm/clang/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../../../llvm/clang/lib/AST/MicrosoftMangle.cpp

1//===--- MicrosoftMangle.cpp - Microsoft Visual C++ Name Mangling ---------===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9// This provides C++ name mangling targeting the Microsoft Visual C++ ABI.
10//
11//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12
13#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
14#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
15#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
16#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
17#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
18#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclOpenMP.h"
21#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
22#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
25#include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h"
26#include "clang/Basic/ABI.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/DiagnosticOptions.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
31#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
32#include "llvm/Support/CRC.h"
33#include "llvm/Support/MD5.h"
34#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
35#include "llvm/Support/StringSaver.h"
36#include "llvm/Support/xxhash.h"
37
38using namespace clang;
39
40namespace {
41
42struct msvc_hashing_ostream : public llvm::raw_svector_ostream {
43 raw_ostream &OS;
44 llvm::SmallString<64> Buffer;
45
46 msvc_hashing_ostream(raw_ostream &OS)
47 : llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Buffer), OS(OS) {}
48 ~msvc_hashing_ostream() override {
49 StringRef MangledName = str();
50 bool StartsWithEscape = MangledName.startswith("\01");
51 if (StartsWithEscape)
52 MangledName = MangledName.drop_front(1);
53 if (MangledName.size() < 4096) {
54 OS << str();
55 return;
56 }
57
58 llvm::MD5 Hasher;
59 llvm::MD5::MD5Result Hash;
60 Hasher.update(MangledName);
61 Hasher.final(Hash);
62
63 SmallString<32> HexString;
64 llvm::MD5::stringifyResult(Hash, HexString);
65
66 if (StartsWithEscape)
67 OS << '\01';
68 OS << "??@" << HexString << '@';
69 }
70};
71
72static const DeclContext *
73getLambdaDefaultArgumentDeclContext(const Decl *D) {
74 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
75 if (RD->isLambda())
76 if (const auto *Parm =
77 dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(RD->getLambdaContextDecl()))
78 return Parm->getDeclContext();
79 return nullptr;
80}
81
82/// Retrieve the declaration context that should be used when mangling
83/// the given declaration.
84static const DeclContext *getEffectiveDeclContext(const Decl *D) {
85 // The ABI assumes that lambda closure types that occur within
86 // default arguments live in the context of the function. However, due to
87 // the way in which Clang parses and creates function declarations, this is
88 // not the case: the lambda closure type ends up living in the context
89 // where the function itself resides, because the function declaration itself
90 // had not yet been created. Fix the context here.
91 if (const auto *LDADC = getLambdaDefaultArgumentDeclContext(D))
92 return LDADC;
93
94 // Perform the same check for block literals.
95 if (const BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D)) {
96 if (ParmVarDecl *ContextParam =
97 dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(BD->getBlockManglingContextDecl()))
98 return ContextParam->getDeclContext();
99 }
100
101 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
102 if (isa<CapturedDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
103 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) {
104 return getEffectiveDeclContext(cast<Decl>(DC));
105 }
106
107 return DC->getRedeclContext();
108}
109
110static const DeclContext *getEffectiveParentContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
111 return getEffectiveDeclContext(cast<Decl>(DC));
112}
113
114static const FunctionDecl *getStructor(const NamedDecl *ND) {
115 if (const auto *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
116 return FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getCanonicalDecl();
117
118 const auto *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
119 if (const auto *FTD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate())
120 return FTD->getTemplatedDecl()->getCanonicalDecl();
121
122 return FD->getCanonicalDecl();
123}
124
125/// MicrosoftMangleContextImpl - Overrides the default MangleContext for the
126/// Microsoft Visual C++ ABI.
127class MicrosoftMangleContextImpl : public MicrosoftMangleContext {
128 typedef std::pair<const DeclContext *, IdentifierInfo *> DiscriminatorKeyTy;
129 llvm::DenseMap<DiscriminatorKeyTy, unsigned> Discriminator;
130 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> Uniquifier;
131 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> LambdaIds;
132 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> SEHFilterIds;
133 llvm::DenseMap<const NamedDecl *, unsigned> SEHFinallyIds;
134 SmallString<16> AnonymousNamespaceHash;
135
136public:
137 MicrosoftMangleContextImpl(ASTContext &Context, DiagnosticsEngine &Diags);
138 bool shouldMangleCXXName(const NamedDecl *D) override;
139 bool shouldMangleStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *SL) override;
140 void mangleCXXName(GlobalDecl GD, raw_ostream &Out) override;
141 void mangleVirtualMemPtrThunk(const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
142 const MethodVFTableLocation &ML,
143 raw_ostream &Out) override;
144 void mangleThunk(const CXXMethodDecl *MD, const ThunkInfo &Thunk,
145 raw_ostream &) override;
146 void mangleCXXDtorThunk(const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, CXXDtorType Type,
147 const ThisAdjustment &ThisAdjustment,
148 raw_ostream &) override;
149 void mangleCXXVFTable(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
150 ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
151 raw_ostream &Out) override;
152 void mangleCXXVBTable(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
153 ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
154 raw_ostream &Out) override;
155 void mangleCXXVirtualDisplacementMap(const CXXRecordDecl *SrcRD,
156 const CXXRecordDecl *DstRD,
157 raw_ostream &Out) override;
158 void mangleCXXThrowInfo(QualType T, bool IsConst, bool IsVolatile,
159 bool IsUnaligned, uint32_t NumEntries,
160 raw_ostream &Out) override;
161 void mangleCXXCatchableTypeArray(QualType T, uint32_t NumEntries,
162 raw_ostream &Out) override;
163 void mangleCXXCatchableType(QualType T, const CXXConstructorDecl *CD,
164 CXXCtorType CT, uint32_t Size, uint32_t NVOffset,
165 int32_t VBPtrOffset, uint32_t VBIndex,
166 raw_ostream &Out) override;
167 void mangleCXXRTTI(QualType T, raw_ostream &Out) override;
168 void mangleCXXRTTIName(QualType T, raw_ostream &Out) override;
169 void mangleCXXRTTIBaseClassDescriptor(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
170 uint32_t NVOffset, int32_t VBPtrOffset,
171 uint32_t VBTableOffset, uint32_t Flags,
172 raw_ostream &Out) override;
173 void mangleCXXRTTIBaseClassArray(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
174 raw_ostream &Out) override;
175 void mangleCXXRTTIClassHierarchyDescriptor(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
176 raw_ostream &Out) override;
177 void
178 mangleCXXRTTICompleteObjectLocator(const CXXRecordDecl *Derived,
179 ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
180 raw_ostream &Out) override;
181 void mangleTypeName(QualType T, raw_ostream &) override;
182 void mangleReferenceTemporary(const VarDecl *, unsigned ManglingNumber,
183 raw_ostream &) override;
184 void mangleStaticGuardVariable(const VarDecl *D, raw_ostream &Out) override;
185 void mangleThreadSafeStaticGuardVariable(const VarDecl *D, unsigned GuardNum,
186 raw_ostream &Out) override;
187 void mangleDynamicInitializer(const VarDecl *D, raw_ostream &Out) override;
188 void mangleDynamicAtExitDestructor(const VarDecl *D,
189 raw_ostream &Out) override;
190 void mangleSEHFilterExpression(const NamedDecl *EnclosingDecl,
191 raw_ostream &Out) override;
192 void mangleSEHFinallyBlock(const NamedDecl *EnclosingDecl,
193 raw_ostream &Out) override;
194 void mangleStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *SL, raw_ostream &Out) override;
195 bool getNextDiscriminator(const NamedDecl *ND, unsigned &disc) {
196 const DeclContext *DC = getEffectiveDeclContext(ND);
197 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
198 return false;
199
200 // Lambda closure types are already numbered, give out a phony number so
201 // that they demangle nicely.
202 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND)) {
203 if (RD->isLambda()) {
204 disc = 1;
205 return true;
206 }
207 }
208
209 // Use the canonical number for externally visible decls.
210 if (ND->isExternallyVisible()) {
211 disc = getASTContext().getManglingNumber(ND);
212 return true;
213 }
214
215 // Anonymous tags are already numbered.
216 if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(ND)) {
217 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
218 !getASTContext().getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag) &&
219 !getASTContext().getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag))
220 return false;
221 }
222
223 // Make up a reasonable number for internal decls.
224 unsigned &discriminator = Uniquifier[ND];
225 if (!discriminator)
226 discriminator = ++Discriminator[std::make_pair(DC, ND->getIdentifier())];
227 disc = discriminator + 1;
228 return true;
229 }
230
231 std::string getLambdaString(const CXXRecordDecl *Lambda) override {
232 assert(Lambda->isLambda() && "RD must be a lambda!")((void)0);
233 std::string Name("<lambda_");
234
235 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = Lambda->getLambdaContextDecl();
236 unsigned LambdaManglingNumber = Lambda->getLambdaManglingNumber();
237 unsigned LambdaId;
238 const ParmVarDecl *Parm = dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(LambdaContextDecl);
239 const FunctionDecl *Func =
240 Parm ? dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Parm->getDeclContext()) : nullptr;
241
242 if (Func) {
243 unsigned DefaultArgNo =
244 Func->getNumParams() - Parm->getFunctionScopeIndex();
245 Name += llvm::utostr(DefaultArgNo);
246 Name += "_";
247 }
248
249 if (LambdaManglingNumber)
250 LambdaId = LambdaManglingNumber;
251 else
252 LambdaId = getLambdaIdForDebugInfo(Lambda);
253
254 Name += llvm::utostr(LambdaId);
255 Name += ">";
256 return Name;
257 }
258
259 unsigned getLambdaId(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
260 assert(RD->isLambda() && "RD must be a lambda!")((void)0);
261 assert(!RD->isExternallyVisible() && "RD must not be visible!")((void)0);
262 assert(RD->getLambdaManglingNumber() == 0 &&((void)0)
263 "RD must not have a mangling number!")((void)0);
264 std::pair<llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned>::iterator, bool>
265 Result = LambdaIds.insert(std::make_pair(RD, LambdaIds.size()));
266 return Result.first->second;
267 }
268
269 unsigned getLambdaIdForDebugInfo(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
270 assert(RD->isLambda() && "RD must be a lambda!")((void)0);
271 assert(!RD->isExternallyVisible() && "RD must not be visible!")((void)0);
272 assert(RD->getLambdaManglingNumber() == 0 &&((void)0)
273 "RD must not have a mangling number!")((void)0);
274 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned>::iterator Result =
275 LambdaIds.find(RD);
276 // The lambda should exist, but return 0 in case it doesn't.
277 if (Result == LambdaIds.end())
278 return 0;
279 return Result->second;
280 }
281
282 /// Return a character sequence that is (somewhat) unique to the TU suitable
283 /// for mangling anonymous namespaces.
284 StringRef getAnonymousNamespaceHash() const {
285 return AnonymousNamespaceHash;
286 }
287
288private:
289 void mangleInitFiniStub(const VarDecl *D, char CharCode, raw_ostream &Out);
290};
291
292/// MicrosoftCXXNameMangler - Manage the mangling of a single name for the
293/// Microsoft Visual C++ ABI.
294class MicrosoftCXXNameMangler {
295 MicrosoftMangleContextImpl &Context;
296 raw_ostream &Out;
297
298 /// The "structor" is the top-level declaration being mangled, if
299 /// that's not a template specialization; otherwise it's the pattern
300 /// for that specialization.
301 const NamedDecl *Structor;
302 unsigned StructorType;
303
304 typedef llvm::SmallVector<std::string, 10> BackRefVec;
305 BackRefVec NameBackReferences;
306
307 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const void *, unsigned> ArgBackRefMap;
308 ArgBackRefMap FunArgBackReferences;
309 ArgBackRefMap TemplateArgBackReferences;
310
311 typedef llvm::DenseMap<const void *, StringRef> TemplateArgStringMap;
312 TemplateArgStringMap TemplateArgStrings;
313 llvm::StringSaver TemplateArgStringStorage;
314 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator TemplateArgStringStorageAlloc;
315
316 typedef std::set<std::pair<int, bool>> PassObjectSizeArgsSet;
317 PassObjectSizeArgsSet PassObjectSizeArgs;
318
319 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context.getASTContext(); }
320
321 const bool PointersAre64Bit;
322
323public:
324 enum QualifierMangleMode { QMM_Drop, QMM_Mangle, QMM_Escape, QMM_Result };
325
326 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler(MicrosoftMangleContextImpl &C, raw_ostream &Out_)
327 : Context(C), Out(Out_), Structor(nullptr), StructorType(-1),
328 TemplateArgStringStorage(TemplateArgStringStorageAlloc),
329 PointersAre64Bit(C.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) ==
330 64) {}
331
332 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler(MicrosoftMangleContextImpl &C, raw_ostream &Out_,
333 const CXXConstructorDecl *D, CXXCtorType Type)
334 : Context(C), Out(Out_), Structor(getStructor(D)), StructorType(Type),
335 TemplateArgStringStorage(TemplateArgStringStorageAlloc),
336 PointersAre64Bit(C.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) ==
337 64) {}
338
339 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler(MicrosoftMangleContextImpl &C, raw_ostream &Out_,
340 const CXXDestructorDecl *D, CXXDtorType Type)
341 : Context(C), Out(Out_), Structor(getStructor(D)), StructorType(Type),
342 TemplateArgStringStorage(TemplateArgStringStorageAlloc),
343 PointersAre64Bit(C.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0) ==
344 64) {}
345
346 raw_ostream &getStream() const { return Out; }
347
348 void mangle(const NamedDecl *D, StringRef Prefix = "?");
349 void mangleName(const NamedDecl *ND);
350 void mangleFunctionEncoding(const FunctionDecl *FD, bool ShouldMangle);
351 void mangleVariableEncoding(const VarDecl *VD);
352 void mangleMemberDataPointer(const CXXRecordDecl *RD, const ValueDecl *VD,
353 StringRef Prefix = "$");
354 void mangleMemberFunctionPointer(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
355 const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
356 StringRef Prefix = "$");
357 void mangleVirtualMemPtrThunk(const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
358 const MethodVFTableLocation &ML);
359 void mangleNumber(int64_t Number);
360 void mangleNumber(llvm::APSInt Number);
361 void mangleFloat(llvm::APFloat Number);
362 void mangleBits(llvm::APInt Number);
363 void mangleTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind TK);
364 void mangleArtificialTagType(TagTypeKind TK, StringRef UnqualifiedName,
365 ArrayRef<StringRef> NestedNames = None);
366 void mangleAddressSpaceType(QualType T, Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range);
367 void mangleType(QualType T, SourceRange Range,
368 QualifierMangleMode QMM = QMM_Mangle);
369 void mangleFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
370 const FunctionDecl *D = nullptr,
371 bool ForceThisQuals = false,
372 bool MangleExceptionSpec = true);
373 void mangleNestedName(const NamedDecl *ND);
374
375private:
376 bool isStructorDecl(const NamedDecl *ND) const {
377 return ND == Structor || getStructor(ND) == Structor;
378 }
379
380 bool is64BitPointer(Qualifiers Quals) const {
381 LangAS AddrSpace = Quals.getAddressSpace();
382 return AddrSpace == LangAS::ptr64 ||
383 (PointersAre64Bit && !(AddrSpace == LangAS::ptr32_sptr ||
384 AddrSpace == LangAS::ptr32_uptr));
385 }
386
387 void mangleUnqualifiedName(const NamedDecl *ND) {
388 mangleUnqualifiedName(ND, ND->getDeclName());
389 }
390 void mangleUnqualifiedName(const NamedDecl *ND, DeclarationName Name);
391 void mangleSourceName(StringRef Name);
392 void mangleOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind OO, SourceLocation Loc);
393 void mangleCXXDtorType(CXXDtorType T);
394 void mangleQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, bool IsMember);
395 void mangleRefQualifier(RefQualifierKind RefQualifier);
396 void manglePointerCVQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals);
397 void manglePointerExtQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals, QualType PointeeType);
398
399 void mangleUnscopedTemplateName(const TemplateDecl *ND);
400 void
401 mangleTemplateInstantiationName(const TemplateDecl *TD,
402 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
403 void mangleObjCMethodName(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD);
404
405 void mangleFunctionArgumentType(QualType T, SourceRange Range);
406 void manglePassObjectSizeArg(const PassObjectSizeAttr *POSA);
407
408 bool isArtificialTagType(QualType T) const;
409
410 // Declare manglers for every type class.
411#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(CLASS, PARENT)
412#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(CLASS, PARENT)
413#define TYPE(CLASS, PARENT) void mangleType(const CLASS##Type *T, \
414 Qualifiers Quals, \
415 SourceRange Range);
416#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
417#undef ABSTRACT_TYPE
418#undef NON_CANONICAL_TYPE
419#undef TYPE
420
421 void mangleType(const TagDecl *TD);
422 void mangleDecayedArrayType(const ArrayType *T);
423 void mangleArrayType(const ArrayType *T);
424 void mangleFunctionClass(const FunctionDecl *FD);
425 void mangleCallingConvention(CallingConv CC);
426 void mangleCallingConvention(const FunctionType *T);
427 void mangleIntegerLiteral(const llvm::APSInt &Number,
428 const NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *PD = nullptr,
429 QualType TemplateArgType = QualType());
430 void mangleExpression(const Expr *E, const NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *PD);
431 void mangleThrowSpecification(const FunctionProtoType *T);
432
433 void mangleTemplateArgs(const TemplateDecl *TD,
434 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
435 void mangleTemplateArg(const TemplateDecl *TD, const TemplateArgument &TA,
436 const NamedDecl *Parm);
437 void mangleTemplateArgValue(QualType T, const APValue &V,
438 bool WithScalarType = false);
439
440 void mangleObjCProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD);
441 void mangleObjCLifetime(const QualType T, Qualifiers Quals,
442 SourceRange Range);
443 void mangleObjCKindOfType(const ObjCObjectType *T, Qualifiers Quals,
444 SourceRange Range);
445};
446}
447
448MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::MicrosoftMangleContextImpl(ASTContext &Context,
449 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags)
450 : MicrosoftMangleContext(Context, Diags) {
451 // To mangle anonymous namespaces, hash the path to the main source file. The
452 // path should be whatever (probably relative) path was passed on the command
453 // line. The goal is for the compiler to produce the same output regardless of
454 // working directory, so use the uncanonicalized relative path.
455 //
456 // It's important to make the mangled names unique because, when CodeView
457 // debug info is in use, the debugger uses mangled type names to distinguish
458 // between otherwise identically named types in anonymous namespaces.
459 //
460 // These symbols are always internal, so there is no need for the hash to
461 // match what MSVC produces. For the same reason, clang is free to change the
462 // hash at any time without breaking compatibility with old versions of clang.
463 // The generated names are intended to look similar to what MSVC generates,
464 // which are something like "?A0x01234567@".
465 SourceManager &SM = Context.getSourceManager();
466 if (const FileEntry *FE = SM.getFileEntryForID(SM.getMainFileID())) {
467 // Truncate the hash so we get 8 characters of hexadecimal.
468 uint32_t TruncatedHash = uint32_t(xxHash64(FE->getName()));
469 AnonymousNamespaceHash = llvm::utohexstr(TruncatedHash);
470 } else {
471 // If we don't have a path to the main file, we'll just use 0.
472 AnonymousNamespaceHash = "0";
473 }
474}
475
476bool MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::shouldMangleCXXName(const NamedDecl *D) {
477 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
478 LanguageLinkage L = FD->getLanguageLinkage();
479 // Overloadable functions need mangling.
480 if (FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
481 return true;
482
483 // The ABI expects that we would never mangle "typical" user-defined entry
484 // points regardless of visibility or freestanding-ness.
485 //
486 // N.B. This is distinct from asking about "main". "main" has a lot of
487 // special rules associated with it in the standard while these
488 // user-defined entry points are outside of the purview of the standard.
489 // For example, there can be only one definition for "main" in a standards
490 // compliant program; however nothing forbids the existence of wmain and
491 // WinMain in the same translation unit.
492 if (FD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
493 return false;
494
495 // C++ functions and those whose names are not a simple identifier need
496 // mangling.
497 if (!FD->getDeclName().isIdentifier() || L == CXXLanguageLinkage)
498 return true;
499
500 // C functions are not mangled.
501 if (L == CLanguageLinkage)
502 return false;
503 }
504
505 // Otherwise, no mangling is done outside C++ mode.
506 if (!getASTContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
507 return false;
508
509 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
510 if (VD && !isa<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
511 // C variables are not mangled.
512 if (VD->isExternC())
513 return false;
514
515 // Variables at global scope with internal linkage are not mangled.
516 const DeclContext *DC = getEffectiveDeclContext(D);
517 // Check for extern variable declared locally.
518 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() && D->hasLinkage())
519 while (!DC->isNamespace() && !DC->isTranslationUnit())
520 DC = getEffectiveParentContext(DC);
521
522 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && D->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage &&
523 !isa<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(D) &&
524 D->getIdentifier() != nullptr)
525 return false;
526 }
527
528 return true;
529}
530
531bool
532MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::shouldMangleStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *SL) {
533 return true;
534}
535
536void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangle(const NamedDecl *D, StringRef Prefix) {
537 // MSVC doesn't mangle C++ names the same way it mangles extern "C" names.
538 // Therefore it's really important that we don't decorate the
539 // name with leading underscores or leading/trailing at signs. So, by
540 // default, we emit an asm marker at the start so we get the name right.
541 // Callers can override this with a custom prefix.
542
543 // <mangled-name> ::= ? <name> <type-encoding>
544 Out << Prefix;
545 mangleName(D);
546 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
547 mangleFunctionEncoding(FD, Context.shouldMangleDeclName(FD));
548 else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
549 mangleVariableEncoding(VD);
550 else if (isa<MSGuidDecl>(D))
551 // MSVC appears to mangle GUIDs as if they were variables of type
552 // 'const struct __s_GUID'.
553 Out << "3U__s_GUID@@B";
554 else if (isa<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(D)) {
555 // Template parameter objects don't get a <type-encoding>; their type is
556 // specified as part of their value.
557 } else
558 llvm_unreachable("Tried to mangle unexpected NamedDecl!")__builtin_unreachable();
559}
560
561void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleFunctionEncoding(const FunctionDecl *FD,
562 bool ShouldMangle) {
563 // <type-encoding> ::= <function-class> <function-type>
564
565 // Since MSVC operates on the type as written and not the canonical type, it
566 // actually matters which decl we have here. MSVC appears to choose the
567 // first, since it is most likely to be the declaration in a header file.
568 FD = FD->getFirstDecl();
569
570 // We should never ever see a FunctionNoProtoType at this point.
571 // We don't even know how to mangle their types anyway :).
572 const FunctionProtoType *FT = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
573
574 // extern "C" functions can hold entities that must be mangled.
575 // As it stands, these functions still need to get expressed in the full
576 // external name. They have their class and type omitted, replaced with '9'.
577 if (ShouldMangle) {
578 // We would like to mangle all extern "C" functions using this additional
579 // component but this would break compatibility with MSVC's behavior.
580 // Instead, do this when we know that compatibility isn't important (in
581 // other words, when it is an overloaded extern "C" function).
582 if (FD->isExternC() && FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
583 Out << "$$J0";
584
585 mangleFunctionClass(FD);
586
587 mangleFunctionType(FT, FD, false, false);
588 } else {
589 Out << '9';
590 }
591}
592
593void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleVariableEncoding(const VarDecl *VD) {
594 // <type-encoding> ::= <storage-class> <variable-type>
595 // <storage-class> ::= 0 # private static member
596 // ::= 1 # protected static member
597 // ::= 2 # public static member
598 // ::= 3 # global
599 // ::= 4 # static local
600
601 // The first character in the encoding (after the name) is the storage class.
602 if (VD->isStaticDataMember()) {
603 // If it's a static member, it also encodes the access level.
604 switch (VD->getAccess()) {
605 default:
606 case AS_private: Out << '0'; break;
607 case AS_protected: Out << '1'; break;
608 case AS_public: Out << '2'; break;
609 }
610 }
611 else if (!VD->isStaticLocal())
612 Out << '3';
613 else
614 Out << '4';
615 // Now mangle the type.
616 // <variable-type> ::= <type> <cvr-qualifiers>
617 // ::= <type> <pointee-cvr-qualifiers> # pointers, references
618 // Pointers and references are odd. The type of 'int * const foo;' gets
619 // mangled as 'QAHA' instead of 'PAHB', for example.
620 SourceRange SR = VD->getSourceRange();
621 QualType Ty = VD->getType();
622 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType() ||
623 Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
624 mangleType(Ty, SR, QMM_Drop);
625 manglePointerExtQualifiers(
626 Ty.getDesugaredType(getASTContext()).getLocalQualifiers(), QualType());
627 if (const MemberPointerType *MPT = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
628 mangleQualifiers(MPT->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), true);
629 // Member pointers are suffixed with a back reference to the member
630 // pointer's class name.
631 mangleName(MPT->getClass()->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
632 } else
633 mangleQualifiers(Ty->getPointeeType().getQualifiers(), false);
634 } else if (const ArrayType *AT = getASTContext().getAsArrayType(Ty)) {
635 // Global arrays are funny, too.
636 mangleDecayedArrayType(AT);
637 if (AT->getElementType()->isArrayType())
638 Out << 'A';
639 else
640 mangleQualifiers(Ty.getQualifiers(), false);
641 } else {
642 mangleType(Ty, SR, QMM_Drop);
643 mangleQualifiers(Ty.getQualifiers(), false);
644 }
645}
646
647void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleMemberDataPointer(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
648 const ValueDecl *VD,
649 StringRef Prefix) {
650 // <member-data-pointer> ::= <integer-literal>
651 // ::= $F <number> <number>
652 // ::= $G <number> <number> <number>
653
654 int64_t FieldOffset;
655 int64_t VBTableOffset;
656 MSInheritanceModel IM = RD->getMSInheritanceModel();
657 if (VD) {
658 FieldOffset = getASTContext().getFieldOffset(VD);
659 assert(FieldOffset % getASTContext().getCharWidth() == 0 &&((void)0)
660 "cannot take address of bitfield")((void)0);
661 FieldOffset /= getASTContext().getCharWidth();
662
663 VBTableOffset = 0;
664
665 if (IM == MSInheritanceModel::Virtual)
666 FieldOffset -= getASTContext().getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(RD).getQuantity();
667 } else {
668 FieldOffset = RD->nullFieldOffsetIsZero() ? 0 : -1;
669
670 VBTableOffset = -1;
671 }
672
673 char Code = '\0';
674 switch (IM) {
675 case MSInheritanceModel::Single: Code = '0'; break;
676 case MSInheritanceModel::Multiple: Code = '0'; break;
677 case MSInheritanceModel::Virtual: Code = 'F'; break;
678 case MSInheritanceModel::Unspecified: Code = 'G'; break;
679 }
680
681 Out << Prefix << Code;
682
683 mangleNumber(FieldOffset);
684
685 // The C++ standard doesn't allow base-to-derived member pointer conversions
686 // in template parameter contexts, so the vbptr offset of data member pointers
687 // is always zero.
688 if (inheritanceModelHasVBPtrOffsetField(IM))
689 mangleNumber(0);
690 if (inheritanceModelHasVBTableOffsetField(IM))
691 mangleNumber(VBTableOffset);
692}
693
694void
695MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleMemberFunctionPointer(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
696 const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
697 StringRef Prefix) {
698 // <member-function-pointer> ::= $1? <name>
699 // ::= $H? <name> <number>
700 // ::= $I? <name> <number> <number>
701 // ::= $J? <name> <number> <number> <number>
702
703 MSInheritanceModel IM = RD->getMSInheritanceModel();
704
705 char Code = '\0';
706 switch (IM) {
707 case MSInheritanceModel::Single: Code = '1'; break;
708 case MSInheritanceModel::Multiple: Code = 'H'; break;
709 case MSInheritanceModel::Virtual: Code = 'I'; break;
710 case MSInheritanceModel::Unspecified: Code = 'J'; break;
711 }
712
713 // If non-virtual, mangle the name. If virtual, mangle as a virtual memptr
714 // thunk.
715 uint64_t NVOffset = 0;
716 uint64_t VBTableOffset = 0;
717 uint64_t VBPtrOffset = 0;
718 if (MD) {
719 Out << Prefix << Code << '?';
720 if (MD->isVirtual()) {
721 MicrosoftVTableContext *VTContext =
722 cast<MicrosoftVTableContext>(getASTContext().getVTableContext());
723 MethodVFTableLocation ML =
724 VTContext->getMethodVFTableLocation(GlobalDecl(MD));
725 mangleVirtualMemPtrThunk(MD, ML);
726 NVOffset = ML.VFPtrOffset.getQuantity();
727 VBTableOffset = ML.VBTableIndex * 4;
728 if (ML.VBase) {
729 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
730 VBPtrOffset = Layout.getVBPtrOffset().getQuantity();
731 }
732 } else {
733 mangleName(MD);
734 mangleFunctionEncoding(MD, /*ShouldMangle=*/true);
735 }
736
737 if (VBTableOffset == 0 && IM == MSInheritanceModel::Virtual)
738 NVOffset -= getASTContext().getOffsetOfBaseWithVBPtr(RD).getQuantity();
739 } else {
740 // Null single inheritance member functions are encoded as a simple nullptr.
741 if (IM == MSInheritanceModel::Single) {
742 Out << Prefix << "0A@";
743 return;
744 }
745 if (IM == MSInheritanceModel::Unspecified)
746 VBTableOffset = -1;
747 Out << Prefix << Code;
748 }
749
750 if (inheritanceModelHasNVOffsetField(/*IsMemberFunction=*/true, IM))
751 mangleNumber(static_cast<uint32_t>(NVOffset));
752 if (inheritanceModelHasVBPtrOffsetField(IM))
753 mangleNumber(VBPtrOffset);
754 if (inheritanceModelHasVBTableOffsetField(IM))
755 mangleNumber(VBTableOffset);
756}
757
758void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleVirtualMemPtrThunk(
759 const CXXMethodDecl *MD, const MethodVFTableLocation &ML) {
760 // Get the vftable offset.
761 CharUnits PointerWidth = getASTContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(
762 getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0));
763 uint64_t OffsetInVFTable = ML.Index * PointerWidth.getQuantity();
764
765 Out << "?_9";
766 mangleName(MD->getParent());
767 Out << "$B";
768 mangleNumber(OffsetInVFTable);
769 Out << 'A';
770 mangleCallingConvention(MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>());
771}
772
773void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleName(const NamedDecl *ND) {
774 // <name> ::= <unscoped-name> {[<named-scope>]+ | [<nested-name>]}? @
775
776 // Always start with the unqualified name.
777 mangleUnqualifiedName(ND);
778
779 mangleNestedName(ND);
780
781 // Terminate the whole name with an '@'.
782 Out << '@';
783}
784
785void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleNumber(int64_t Number) {
786 mangleNumber(llvm::APSInt(llvm::APInt(64, Number), /*IsUnsigned*/false));
787}
788
789void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleNumber(llvm::APSInt Number) {
790 // MSVC never mangles any integer wider than 64 bits. In general it appears
791 // to convert every integer to signed 64 bit before mangling (including
792 // unsigned 64 bit values). Do the same, but preserve bits beyond the bottom
793 // 64.
794 llvm::APInt Value =
795 Number.isSigned() ? Number.sextOrSelf(64) : Number.zextOrSelf(64);
796
797 // <non-negative integer> ::= A@ # when Number == 0
798 // ::= <decimal digit> # when 1 <= Number <= 10
799 // ::= <hex digit>+ @ # when Number >= 10
800 //
801 // <number> ::= [?] <non-negative integer>
802
803 if (Value.isNegative()) {
804 Value = -Value;
805 Out << '?';
806 }
807 mangleBits(Value);
808}
809
810void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleFloat(llvm::APFloat Number) {
811 using llvm::APFloat;
812
813 switch (APFloat::SemanticsToEnum(Number.getSemantics())) {
814 case APFloat::S_IEEEsingle: Out << 'A'; break;
815 case APFloat::S_IEEEdouble: Out << 'B'; break;
816
817 // The following are all Clang extensions. We try to pick manglings that are
818 // unlikely to conflict with MSVC's scheme.
819 case APFloat::S_IEEEhalf: Out << 'V'; break;
820 case APFloat::S_BFloat: Out << 'W'; break;
821 case APFloat::S_x87DoubleExtended: Out << 'X'; break;
822 case APFloat::S_IEEEquad: Out << 'Y'; break;
823 case APFloat::S_PPCDoubleDouble: Out << 'Z'; break;
824 }
825
826 mangleBits(Number.bitcastToAPInt());
827}
828
829void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleBits(llvm::APInt Value) {
830 if (Value == 0)
831 Out << "A@";
832 else if (Value.uge(1) && Value.ule(10))
833 Out << (Value - 1);
834 else {
835 // Numbers that are not encoded as decimal digits are represented as nibbles
836 // in the range of ASCII characters 'A' to 'P'.
837 // The number 0x123450 would be encoded as 'BCDEFA'
838 llvm::SmallString<32> EncodedNumberBuffer;
839 for (; Value != 0; Value.lshrInPlace(4))
840 EncodedNumberBuffer.push_back('A' + (Value & 0xf).getZExtValue());
841 std::reverse(EncodedNumberBuffer.begin(), EncodedNumberBuffer.end());
842 Out.write(EncodedNumberBuffer.data(), EncodedNumberBuffer.size());
843 Out << '@';
844 }
845}
846
847static const TemplateDecl *
848isTemplate(const NamedDecl *ND, const TemplateArgumentList *&TemplateArgs) {
849 // Check if we have a function template.
850 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
851 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = FD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
852 TemplateArgs = FD->getTemplateSpecializationArgs();
853 return TD;
854 }
855 }
856
857 // Check if we have a class template.
858 if (const ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec =
859 dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND)) {
860 TemplateArgs = &Spec->getTemplateArgs();
861 return Spec->getSpecializedTemplate();
862 }
863
864 // Check if we have a variable template.
865 if (const VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec =
866 dyn_cast<VarTemplateSpecializationDecl>(ND)) {
867 TemplateArgs = &Spec->getTemplateArgs();
868 return Spec->getSpecializedTemplate();
869 }
870
871 return nullptr;
872}
873
874void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleUnqualifiedName(const NamedDecl *ND,
875 DeclarationName Name) {
876 // <unqualified-name> ::= <operator-name>
877 // ::= <ctor-dtor-name>
878 // ::= <source-name>
879 // ::= <template-name>
880
881 // Check if we have a template.
882 const TemplateArgumentList *TemplateArgs = nullptr;
883 if (const TemplateDecl *TD = isTemplate(ND, TemplateArgs)) {
884 // Function templates aren't considered for name back referencing. This
885 // makes sense since function templates aren't likely to occur multiple
886 // times in a symbol.
887 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
888 mangleTemplateInstantiationName(TD, *TemplateArgs);
889 Out << '@';
890 return;
891 }
892
893 // Here comes the tricky thing: if we need to mangle something like
894 // void foo(A::X<Y>, B::X<Y>),
895 // the X<Y> part is aliased. However, if you need to mangle
896 // void foo(A::X<A::Y>, A::X<B::Y>),
897 // the A::X<> part is not aliased.
898 // That is, from the mangler's perspective we have a structure like this:
899 // namespace[s] -> type[ -> template-parameters]
900 // but from the Clang perspective we have
901 // type [ -> template-parameters]
902 // \-> namespace[s]
903 // What we do is we create a new mangler, mangle the same type (without
904 // a namespace suffix) to a string using the extra mangler and then use
905 // the mangled type name as a key to check the mangling of different types
906 // for aliasing.
907
908 // It's important to key cache reads off ND, not TD -- the same TD can
909 // be used with different TemplateArgs, but ND uniquely identifies
910 // TD / TemplateArg pairs.
911 ArgBackRefMap::iterator Found = TemplateArgBackReferences.find(ND);
912 if (Found == TemplateArgBackReferences.end()) {
913
914 TemplateArgStringMap::iterator Found = TemplateArgStrings.find(ND);
915 if (Found == TemplateArgStrings.end()) {
916 // Mangle full template name into temporary buffer.
917 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
918 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
919 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
920 Extra.mangleTemplateInstantiationName(TD, *TemplateArgs);
921
922 // Use the string backref vector to possibly get a back reference.
923 mangleSourceName(TemplateMangling);
924
925 // Memoize back reference for this type if one exist, else memoize
926 // the mangling itself.
927 BackRefVec::iterator StringFound =
928 llvm::find(NameBackReferences, TemplateMangling);
929 if (StringFound != NameBackReferences.end()) {
930 TemplateArgBackReferences[ND] =
931 StringFound - NameBackReferences.begin();
932 } else {
933 TemplateArgStrings[ND] =
934 TemplateArgStringStorage.save(TemplateMangling.str());
935 }
936 } else {
937 Out << Found->second << '@'; // Outputs a StringRef.
938 }
939 } else {
940 Out << Found->second; // Outputs a back reference (an int).
941 }
942 return;
943 }
944
945 switch (Name.getNameKind()) {
946 case DeclarationName::Identifier: {
947 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
948 mangleSourceName(II->getName());
949 break;
950 }
951
952 // Otherwise, an anonymous entity. We must have a declaration.
953 assert(ND && "mangling empty name without declaration")((void)0);
954
955 if (const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(ND)) {
956 if (NS->isAnonymousNamespace()) {
957 Out << "?A0x" << Context.getAnonymousNamespaceHash() << '@';
958 break;
959 }
960 }
961
962 if (const DecompositionDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ND)) {
963 // Decomposition declarations are considered anonymous, and get
964 // numbered with a $S prefix.
965 llvm::SmallString<64> Name("$S");
966 // Get a unique id for the anonymous struct.
967 Name += llvm::utostr(Context.getAnonymousStructId(DD) + 1);
968 mangleSourceName(Name);
969 break;
970 }
971
972 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ND)) {
973 // We must have an anonymous union or struct declaration.
974 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = VD->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
975 assert(RD && "expected variable decl to have a record type")((void)0);
976 // Anonymous types with no tag or typedef get the name of their
977 // declarator mangled in. If they have no declarator, number them with
978 // a $S prefix.
979 llvm::SmallString<64> Name("$S");
980 // Get a unique id for the anonymous struct.
981 Name += llvm::utostr(Context.getAnonymousStructId(RD) + 1);
982 mangleSourceName(Name.str());
983 break;
984 }
985
986 if (const MSGuidDecl *GD = dyn_cast<MSGuidDecl>(ND)) {
987 // Mangle a GUID object as if it were a variable with the corresponding
988 // mangled name.
989 SmallString<sizeof("_GUID_12345678_1234_1234_1234_1234567890ab")> GUID;
990 llvm::raw_svector_ostream GUIDOS(GUID);
991 Context.mangleMSGuidDecl(GD, GUIDOS);
992 mangleSourceName(GUID);
993 break;
994 }
995
996 if (const auto *TPO = dyn_cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(ND)) {
997 Out << "?__N";
998 mangleTemplateArgValue(TPO->getType().getUnqualifiedType(),
999 TPO->getValue());
1000 break;
1001 }
1002
1003 // We must have an anonymous struct.
1004 const TagDecl *TD = cast<TagDecl>(ND);
1005 if (const TypedefNameDecl *D = TD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) {
1006 assert(TD->getDeclContext() == D->getDeclContext() &&((void)0)
1007 "Typedef should not be in another decl context!")((void)0);
1008 assert(D->getDeclName().getAsIdentifierInfo() &&((void)0)
1009 "Typedef was not named!")((void)0);
1010 mangleSourceName(D->getDeclName().getAsIdentifierInfo()->getName());
1011 break;
1012 }
1013
1014 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD)) {
1015 if (Record->isLambda()) {
1016 llvm::SmallString<10> Name("<lambda_");
1017
1018 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = Record->getLambdaContextDecl();
1019 unsigned LambdaManglingNumber = Record->getLambdaManglingNumber();
1020 unsigned LambdaId;
1021 const ParmVarDecl *Parm =
1022 dyn_cast_or_null<ParmVarDecl>(LambdaContextDecl);
1023 const FunctionDecl *Func =
1024 Parm ? dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Parm->getDeclContext()) : nullptr;
1025
1026 if (Func) {
1027 unsigned DefaultArgNo =
1028 Func->getNumParams() - Parm->getFunctionScopeIndex();
1029 Name += llvm::utostr(DefaultArgNo);
1030 Name += "_";
1031 }
1032
1033 if (LambdaManglingNumber)
1034 LambdaId = LambdaManglingNumber;
1035 else
1036 LambdaId = Context.getLambdaId(Record);
1037
1038 Name += llvm::utostr(LambdaId);
1039 Name += ">";
1040
1041 mangleSourceName(Name);
1042
1043 // If the context is a variable or a class member and not a parameter,
1044 // it is encoded in a qualified name.
1045 if (LambdaManglingNumber && LambdaContextDecl) {
1046 if ((isa<VarDecl>(LambdaContextDecl) ||
1047 isa<FieldDecl>(LambdaContextDecl)) &&
1048 !isa<ParmVarDecl>(LambdaContextDecl)) {
1049 mangleUnqualifiedName(cast<NamedDecl>(LambdaContextDecl));
1050 }
1051 }
1052 break;
1053 }
1054 }
1055
1056 llvm::SmallString<64> Name;
1057 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD =
1058 Context.getASTContext().getDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(TD)) {
1059 // Anonymous types without a name for linkage purposes have their
1060 // declarator mangled in if they have one.
1061 Name += "<unnamed-type-";
1062 Name += DD->getName();
1063 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND =
1064 Context.getASTContext().getTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(
1065 TD)) {
1066 // Anonymous types without a name for linkage purposes have their
1067 // associate typedef mangled in if they have one.
1068 Name += "<unnamed-type-";
1069 Name += TND->getName();
1070 } else if (isa<EnumDecl>(TD) &&
1071 cast<EnumDecl>(TD)->enumerator_begin() !=
1072 cast<EnumDecl>(TD)->enumerator_end()) {
1073 // Anonymous non-empty enums mangle in the first enumerator.
1074 auto *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(TD);
1075 Name += "<unnamed-enum-";
1076 Name += ED->enumerator_begin()->getName();
1077 } else {
1078 // Otherwise, number the types using a $S prefix.
1079 Name += "<unnamed-type-$S";
1080 Name += llvm::utostr(Context.getAnonymousStructId(TD) + 1);
1081 }
1082 Name += ">";
1083 mangleSourceName(Name.str());
1084 break;
1085 }
1086
1087 case DeclarationName::ObjCZeroArgSelector:
1088 case DeclarationName::ObjCOneArgSelector:
1089 case DeclarationName::ObjCMultiArgSelector: {
1090 // This is reachable only when constructing an outlined SEH finally
1091 // block. Nothing depends on this mangling and it's used only with
1092 // functinos with internal linkage.
1093 llvm::SmallString<64> Name;
1094 mangleSourceName(Name.str());
1095 break;
1096 }
1097
1098 case DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName:
1099 if (isStructorDecl(ND)) {
1100 if (StructorType == Ctor_CopyingClosure) {
1101 Out << "?_O";
1102 return;
1103 }
1104 if (StructorType == Ctor_DefaultClosure) {
1105 Out << "?_F";
1106 return;
1107 }
1108 }
1109 Out << "?0";
1110 return;
1111
1112 case DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName:
1113 if (isStructorDecl(ND))
1114 // If the named decl is the C++ destructor we're mangling,
1115 // use the type we were given.
1116 mangleCXXDtorType(static_cast<CXXDtorType>(StructorType));
1117 else
1118 // Otherwise, use the base destructor name. This is relevant if a
1119 // class with a destructor is declared within a destructor.
1120 mangleCXXDtorType(Dtor_Base);
1121 break;
1122
1123 case DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName:
1124 // <operator-name> ::= ?B # (cast)
1125 // The target type is encoded as the return type.
1126 Out << "?B";
1127 break;
1128
1129 case DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName:
1130 mangleOperatorName(Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator(), ND->getLocation());
1131 break;
1132
1133 case DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName: {
1134 Out << "?__K";
1135 mangleSourceName(Name.getCXXLiteralIdentifier()->getName());
1136 break;
1137 }
1138
1139 case DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName:
1140 llvm_unreachable("Can't mangle a deduction guide name!")__builtin_unreachable();
1141
1142 case DeclarationName::CXXUsingDirective:
1143 llvm_unreachable("Can't mangle a using directive name!")__builtin_unreachable();
1144 }
1145}
1146
1147// <postfix> ::= <unqualified-name> [<postfix>]
1148// ::= <substitution> [<postfix>]
1149void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleNestedName(const NamedDecl *ND) {
1150 const DeclContext *DC = getEffectiveDeclContext(ND);
1151 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1152 if (isa<TagDecl>(ND) || isa<VarDecl>(ND)) {
1153 unsigned Disc;
1154 if (Context.getNextDiscriminator(ND, Disc)) {
1155 Out << '?';
1156 mangleNumber(Disc);
1157 Out << '?';
1158 }
1159 }
1160
1161 if (const BlockDecl *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(DC)) {
1162 auto Discriminate =
1163 [](StringRef Name, const unsigned Discriminator,
1164 const unsigned ParameterDiscriminator) -> std::string {
1165 std::string Buffer;
1166 llvm::raw_string_ostream Stream(Buffer);
1167 Stream << Name;
1168 if (Discriminator)
1169 Stream << '_' << Discriminator;
1170 if (ParameterDiscriminator)
1171 Stream << '_' << ParameterDiscriminator;
1172 return Stream.str();
1173 };
1174
1175 unsigned Discriminator = BD->getBlockManglingNumber();
1176 if (!Discriminator)
1177 Discriminator = Context.getBlockId(BD, /*Local=*/false);
1178
1179 // Mangle the parameter position as a discriminator to deal with unnamed
1180 // parameters. Rather than mangling the unqualified parameter name,
1181 // always use the position to give a uniform mangling.
1182 unsigned ParameterDiscriminator = 0;
1183 if (const auto *MC = BD->getBlockManglingContextDecl())
1184 if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(MC))
1185 if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(P->getDeclContext()))
1186 ParameterDiscriminator =
1187 F->getNumParams() - P->getFunctionScopeIndex();
1188
1189 DC = getEffectiveDeclContext(BD);
1190
1191 Out << '?';
1192 mangleSourceName(Discriminate("_block_invoke", Discriminator,
1193 ParameterDiscriminator));
1194 // If we have a block mangling context, encode that now. This allows us
1195 // to discriminate between named static data initializers in the same
1196 // scope. This is handled differently from parameters, which use
1197 // positions to discriminate between multiple instances.
1198 if (const auto *MC = BD->getBlockManglingContextDecl())
1199 if (!isa<ParmVarDecl>(MC))
1200 if (const auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(MC))
1201 mangleUnqualifiedName(ND);
1202 // MS ABI and Itanium manglings are in inverted scopes. In the case of a
1203 // RecordDecl, mangle the entire scope hierarchy at this point rather than
1204 // just the unqualified name to get the ordering correct.
1205 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC))
1206 mangleName(RD);
1207 else
1208 Out << '@';
1209 // void __cdecl
1210 Out << "YAX";
1211 // struct __block_literal *
1212 Out << 'P';
1213 // __ptr64
1214 if (PointersAre64Bit)
1215 Out << 'E';
1216 Out << 'A';
1217 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct,
1218 Discriminate("__block_literal", Discriminator,
1219 ParameterDiscriminator));
1220 Out << "@Z";
1221
1222 // If the effective context was a Record, we have fully mangled the
1223 // qualified name and do not need to continue.
1224 if (isa<RecordDecl>(DC))
1225 break;
1226 continue;
1227 } else if (const ObjCMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) {
1228 mangleObjCMethodName(Method);
1229 } else if (isa<NamedDecl>(DC)) {
1230 ND = cast<NamedDecl>(DC);
1231 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
1232 mangle(FD, "?");
1233 break;
1234 } else {
1235 mangleUnqualifiedName(ND);
1236 // Lambdas in default arguments conceptually belong to the function the
1237 // parameter corresponds to.
1238 if (const auto *LDADC = getLambdaDefaultArgumentDeclContext(ND)) {
1239 DC = LDADC;
1240 continue;
1241 }
1242 }
1243 }
1244 DC = DC->getParent();
1245 }
1246}
1247
1248void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleCXXDtorType(CXXDtorType T) {
1249 // Microsoft uses the names on the case labels for these dtor variants. Clang
1250 // uses the Itanium terminology internally. Everything in this ABI delegates
1251 // towards the base dtor.
1252 switch (T) {
1253 // <operator-name> ::= ?1 # destructor
1254 case Dtor_Base: Out << "?1"; return;
1255 // <operator-name> ::= ?_D # vbase destructor
1256 case Dtor_Complete: Out << "?_D"; return;
1257 // <operator-name> ::= ?_G # scalar deleting destructor
1258 case Dtor_Deleting: Out << "?_G"; return;
1259 // <operator-name> ::= ?_E # vector deleting destructor
1260 // FIXME: Add a vector deleting dtor type. It goes in the vtable, so we need
1261 // it.
1262 case Dtor_Comdat:
1263 llvm_unreachable("not expecting a COMDAT")__builtin_unreachable();
1264 }
1265 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported dtor type?")__builtin_unreachable();
1266}
1267
1268void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind OO,
1269 SourceLocation Loc) {
1270 switch (OO) {
1271 // ?0 # constructor
1272 // ?1 # destructor
1273 // <operator-name> ::= ?2 # new
1274 case OO_New: Out << "?2"; break;
1275 // <operator-name> ::= ?3 # delete
1276 case OO_Delete: Out << "?3"; break;
1277 // <operator-name> ::= ?4 # =
1278 case OO_Equal: Out << "?4"; break;
1279 // <operator-name> ::= ?5 # >>
1280 case OO_GreaterGreater: Out << "?5"; break;
1281 // <operator-name> ::= ?6 # <<
1282 case OO_LessLess: Out << "?6"; break;
1283 // <operator-name> ::= ?7 # !
1284 case OO_Exclaim: Out << "?7"; break;
1285 // <operator-name> ::= ?8 # ==
1286 case OO_EqualEqual: Out << "?8"; break;
1287 // <operator-name> ::= ?9 # !=
1288 case OO_ExclaimEqual: Out << "?9"; break;
1289 // <operator-name> ::= ?A # []
1290 case OO_Subscript: Out << "?A"; break;
1291 // ?B # conversion
1292 // <operator-name> ::= ?C # ->
1293 case OO_Arrow: Out << "?C"; break;
1294 // <operator-name> ::= ?D # *
1295 case OO_Star: Out << "?D"; break;
1296 // <operator-name> ::= ?E # ++
1297 case OO_PlusPlus: Out << "?E"; break;
1298 // <operator-name> ::= ?F # --
1299 case OO_MinusMinus: Out << "?F"; break;
1300 // <operator-name> ::= ?G # -
1301 case OO_Minus: Out << "?G"; break;
1302 // <operator-name> ::= ?H # +
1303 case OO_Plus: Out << "?H"; break;
1304 // <operator-name> ::= ?I # &
1305 case OO_Amp: Out << "?I"; break;
1306 // <operator-name> ::= ?J # ->*
1307 case OO_ArrowStar: Out << "?J"; break;
1308 // <operator-name> ::= ?K # /
1309 case OO_Slash: Out << "?K"; break;
1310 // <operator-name> ::= ?L # %
1311 case OO_Percent: Out << "?L"; break;
1312 // <operator-name> ::= ?M # <
1313 case OO_Less: Out << "?M"; break;
1314 // <operator-name> ::= ?N # <=
1315 case OO_LessEqual: Out << "?N"; break;
1316 // <operator-name> ::= ?O # >
1317 case OO_Greater: Out << "?O"; break;
1318 // <operator-name> ::= ?P # >=
1319 case OO_GreaterEqual: Out << "?P"; break;
1320 // <operator-name> ::= ?Q # ,
1321 case OO_Comma: Out << "?Q"; break;
1322 // <operator-name> ::= ?R # ()
1323 case OO_Call: Out << "?R"; break;
1324 // <operator-name> ::= ?S # ~
1325 case OO_Tilde: Out << "?S"; break;
1326 // <operator-name> ::= ?T # ^
1327 case OO_Caret: Out << "?T"; break;
1328 // <operator-name> ::= ?U # |
1329 case OO_Pipe: Out << "?U"; break;
1330 // <operator-name> ::= ?V # &&
1331 case OO_AmpAmp: Out << "?V"; break;
1332 // <operator-name> ::= ?W # ||
1333 case OO_PipePipe: Out << "?W"; break;
1334 // <operator-name> ::= ?X # *=
1335 case OO_StarEqual: Out << "?X"; break;
1336 // <operator-name> ::= ?Y # +=
1337 case OO_PlusEqual: Out << "?Y"; break;
1338 // <operator-name> ::= ?Z # -=
1339 case OO_MinusEqual: Out << "?Z"; break;
1340 // <operator-name> ::= ?_0 # /=
1341 case OO_SlashEqual: Out << "?_0"; break;
1342 // <operator-name> ::= ?_1 # %=
1343 case OO_PercentEqual: Out << "?_1"; break;
1344 // <operator-name> ::= ?_2 # >>=
1345 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual: Out << "?_2"; break;
1346 // <operator-name> ::= ?_3 # <<=
1347 case OO_LessLessEqual: Out << "?_3"; break;
1348 // <operator-name> ::= ?_4 # &=
1349 case OO_AmpEqual: Out << "?_4"; break;
1350 // <operator-name> ::= ?_5 # |=
1351 case OO_PipeEqual: Out << "?_5"; break;
1352 // <operator-name> ::= ?_6 # ^=
1353 case OO_CaretEqual: Out << "?_6"; break;
1354 // ?_7 # vftable
1355 // ?_8 # vbtable
1356 // ?_9 # vcall
1357 // ?_A # typeof
1358 // ?_B # local static guard
1359 // ?_C # string
1360 // ?_D # vbase destructor
1361 // ?_E # vector deleting destructor
1362 // ?_F # default constructor closure
1363 // ?_G # scalar deleting destructor
1364 // ?_H # vector constructor iterator
1365 // ?_I # vector destructor iterator
1366 // ?_J # vector vbase constructor iterator
1367 // ?_K # virtual displacement map
1368 // ?_L # eh vector constructor iterator
1369 // ?_M # eh vector destructor iterator
1370 // ?_N # eh vector vbase constructor iterator
1371 // ?_O # copy constructor closure
1372 // ?_P<name> # udt returning <name>
1373 // ?_Q # <unknown>
1374 // ?_R0 # RTTI Type Descriptor
1375 // ?_R1 # RTTI Base Class Descriptor at (a,b,c,d)
1376 // ?_R2 # RTTI Base Class Array
1377 // ?_R3 # RTTI Class Hierarchy Descriptor
1378 // ?_R4 # RTTI Complete Object Locator
1379 // ?_S # local vftable
1380 // ?_T # local vftable constructor closure
1381 // <operator-name> ::= ?_U # new[]
1382 case OO_Array_New: Out << "?_U"; break;
1383 // <operator-name> ::= ?_V # delete[]
1384 case OO_Array_Delete: Out << "?_V"; break;
1385 // <operator-name> ::= ?__L # co_await
1386 case OO_Coawait: Out << "?__L"; break;
1387 // <operator-name> ::= ?__M # <=>
1388 case OO_Spaceship: Out << "?__M"; break;
1389
1390 case OO_Conditional: {
1391 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
1392 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
1393 "cannot mangle this conditional operator yet");
1394 Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1395 break;
1396 }
1397
1398 case OO_None:
1399 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
1400 llvm_unreachable("Not an overloaded operator")__builtin_unreachable();
1401 }
1402}
1403
1404void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleSourceName(StringRef Name) {
1405 // <source name> ::= <identifier> @
1406 BackRefVec::iterator Found = llvm::find(NameBackReferences, Name);
1407 if (Found == NameBackReferences.end()) {
1408 if (NameBackReferences.size() < 10)
1409 NameBackReferences.push_back(std::string(Name));
1410 Out << Name << '@';
1411 } else {
1412 Out << (Found - NameBackReferences.begin());
1413 }
1414}
1415
1416void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleObjCMethodName(const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
1417 Context.mangleObjCMethodNameAsSourceName(MD, Out);
1418}
1419
1420void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleTemplateInstantiationName(
1421 const TemplateDecl *TD, const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs) {
1422 // <template-name> ::= <unscoped-template-name> <template-args>
1423 // ::= <substitution>
1424 // Always start with the unqualified name.
1425
1426 // Templates have their own context for back references.
1427 ArgBackRefMap OuterFunArgsContext;
1428 ArgBackRefMap OuterTemplateArgsContext;
1429 BackRefVec OuterTemplateContext;
1430 PassObjectSizeArgsSet OuterPassObjectSizeArgs;
1431 NameBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateContext);
1432 FunArgBackReferences.swap(OuterFunArgsContext);
1433 TemplateArgBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateArgsContext);
1434 PassObjectSizeArgs.swap(OuterPassObjectSizeArgs);
1435
1436 mangleUnscopedTemplateName(TD);
1437 mangleTemplateArgs(TD, TemplateArgs);
1438
1439 // Restore the previous back reference contexts.
1440 NameBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateContext);
1441 FunArgBackReferences.swap(OuterFunArgsContext);
1442 TemplateArgBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateArgsContext);
1443 PassObjectSizeArgs.swap(OuterPassObjectSizeArgs);
1444}
1445
1446void
1447MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleUnscopedTemplateName(const TemplateDecl *TD) {
1448 // <unscoped-template-name> ::= ?$ <unqualified-name>
1449 Out << "?$";
1450 mangleUnqualifiedName(TD);
1451}
1452
1453void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleIntegerLiteral(
1454 const llvm::APSInt &Value, const NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *PD,
1455 QualType TemplateArgType) {
1456 // <integer-literal> ::= $0 <number>
1457 Out << "$";
1458
1459 // Since MSVC 2019, add 'M[<type>]' after '$' for auto template parameter when
1460 // argument is integer.
1461 if (getASTContext().getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(
1462 LangOptions::MSVC2019) &&
1463 PD && PD->getType()->getTypeClass() == Type::Auto &&
1464 !TemplateArgType.isNull()) {
1465 Out << "M";
1466 mangleType(TemplateArgType, SourceRange(), QMM_Drop);
1467 }
1468
1469 Out << "0";
1470
1471 mangleNumber(Value);
1472}
1473
1474void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleExpression(
1475 const Expr *E, const NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *PD) {
1476 // See if this is a constant expression.
1477 if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Value =
1478 E->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context.getASTContext())) {
1479 mangleIntegerLiteral(*Value, PD, E->getType());
1480 return;
1481 }
1482
1483 // As bad as this diagnostic is, it's better than crashing.
1484 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
1485 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
1486 DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "cannot yet mangle expression type %0");
1487 Diags.Report(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getStmtClassName()
1488 << E->getSourceRange();
1489}
1490
1491void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleTemplateArgs(
1492 const TemplateDecl *TD, const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs) {
1493 // <template-args> ::= <template-arg>+
1494 const TemplateParameterList *TPL = TD->getTemplateParameters();
1495 assert(TPL->size() == TemplateArgs.size() &&((void)0)
1496 "size mismatch between args and parms!")((void)0);
1497
1498 for (size_t i = 0; i < TemplateArgs.size(); ++i) {
1499 const TemplateArgument &TA = TemplateArgs[i];
1500
1501 // Separate consecutive packs by $$Z.
1502 if (i > 0 && TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack &&
1503 TemplateArgs[i - 1].getKind() == TemplateArgument::Pack)
1504 Out << "$$Z";
1505
1506 mangleTemplateArg(TD, TA, TPL->getParam(i));
1507 }
1508}
1509
1510void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleTemplateArg(const TemplateDecl *TD,
1511 const TemplateArgument &TA,
1512 const NamedDecl *Parm) {
1513 // <template-arg> ::= <type>
1514 // ::= <integer-literal>
1515 // ::= <member-data-pointer>
1516 // ::= <member-function-pointer>
1517 // ::= $ <constant-value>
1518 // ::= <template-args>
1519 //
1520 // <constant-value> ::= 0 <number> # integer
1521 // ::= 1 <mangled-name> # address of D
1522 // ::= 2 <type> <typed-constant-value>* @ # struct
1523 // ::= 3 <type> <constant-value>* @ # array
1524 // ::= 4 ??? # string
1525 // ::= 5 <constant-value> @ # address of subobject
1526 // ::= 6 <constant-value> <unqualified-name> @ # a.b
1527 // ::= 7 <type> [<unqualified-name> <constant-value>] @
1528 // # union, with or without an active member
1529 // # pointer to member, symbolically
1530 // ::= 8 <class> <unqualified-name> @
1531 // ::= A <type> <non-negative integer> # float
1532 // ::= B <type> <non-negative integer> # double
1533 // ::= E <mangled-name> # reference to D
1534 // # pointer to member, by component value
1535 // ::= F <number> <number>
1536 // ::= G <number> <number> <number>
1537 // ::= H <mangled-name> <number>
1538 // ::= I <mangled-name> <number> <number>
1539 // ::= J <mangled-name> <number> <number> <number>
1540 //
1541 // <typed-constant-value> ::= [<type>] <constant-value>
1542 //
1543 // The <type> appears to be included in a <typed-constant-value> only in the
1544 // '0', '1', '8', 'A', 'B', and 'E' cases.
1545
1546 switch (TA.getKind()) {
1547 case TemplateArgument::Null:
1548 llvm_unreachable("Can't mangle null template arguments!")__builtin_unreachable();
1549 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
1550 llvm_unreachable("Can't mangle template expansion arguments!")__builtin_unreachable();
1551 case TemplateArgument::Type: {
1552 QualType T = TA.getAsType();
1553 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1554 break;
1555 }
1556 case TemplateArgument::Declaration: {
1557 const NamedDecl *ND = TA.getAsDecl();
1558 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND)) {
1559 mangleMemberDataPointer(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext())
1560 ->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl(),
1561 cast<ValueDecl>(ND));
1562 } else if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
1563 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
1564 if (MD && MD->isInstance()) {
1565 mangleMemberFunctionPointer(
1566 MD->getParent()->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl(), MD);
1567 } else {
1568 Out << "$1?";
1569 mangleName(FD);
1570 mangleFunctionEncoding(FD, /*ShouldMangle=*/true);
1571 }
1572 } else if (TA.getParamTypeForDecl()->isRecordType()) {
1573 Out << "$";
1574 auto *TPO = cast<TemplateParamObjectDecl>(ND);
1575 mangleTemplateArgValue(TPO->getType().getUnqualifiedType(),
1576 TPO->getValue());
1577 } else {
1578 mangle(ND, TA.getParamTypeForDecl()->isReferenceType() ? "$E?" : "$1?");
1579 }
1580 break;
1581 }
1582 case TemplateArgument::Integral: {
1583 QualType T = TA.getIntegralType();
1584 mangleIntegerLiteral(TA.getAsIntegral(),
1585 cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Parm), T);
1586 break;
1587 }
1588 case TemplateArgument::NullPtr: {
1589 QualType T = TA.getNullPtrType();
1590 if (const MemberPointerType *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
1591 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MPT->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
1592 if (MPT->isMemberFunctionPointerType() &&
1593 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
1594 mangleMemberFunctionPointer(RD, nullptr);
1595 return;
1596 }
1597 if (MPT->isMemberDataPointer()) {
1598 if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
1599 mangleMemberDataPointer(RD, nullptr);
1600 return;
1601 }
1602 // nullptr data pointers are always represented with a single field
1603 // which is initialized with either 0 or -1. Why -1? Well, we need to
1604 // distinguish the case where the data member is at offset zero in the
1605 // record.
1606 // However, we are free to use 0 *if* we would use multiple fields for
1607 // non-nullptr member pointers.
1608 if (!RD->nullFieldOffsetIsZero()) {
1609 mangleIntegerLiteral(llvm::APSInt::get(-1),
1610 cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Parm), T);
1611 return;
1612 }
1613 }
1614 }
1615 mangleIntegerLiteral(llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(0),
1616 cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Parm), T);
1617 break;
1618 }
1619 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
1620 mangleExpression(TA.getAsExpr(), cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Parm));
1621 break;
1622 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
1623 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = TA.getPackAsArray();
1624 if (TemplateArgs.empty()) {
1625 if (isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Parm) ||
1626 isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Parm))
1627 // MSVC 2015 changed the mangling for empty expanded template packs,
1628 // use the old mangling for link compatibility for old versions.
1629 Out << (Context.getASTContext().getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(
1630 LangOptions::MSVC2015)
1631 ? "$$V"
1632 : "$$$V");
1633 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(Parm))
1634 Out << "$S";
1635 else
1636 llvm_unreachable("unexpected template parameter decl!")__builtin_unreachable();
1637 } else {
1638 for (const TemplateArgument &PA : TemplateArgs)
1639 mangleTemplateArg(TD, PA, Parm);
1640 }
1641 break;
1642 }
1643 case TemplateArgument::Template: {
1644 const NamedDecl *ND =
1645 TA.getAsTemplate().getAsTemplateDecl()->getTemplatedDecl();
1646 if (const auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(ND)) {
1647 mangleType(TD);
1648 } else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ND)) {
1649 Out << "$$Y";
1650 mangleName(ND);
1651 } else {
1652 llvm_unreachable("unexpected template template NamedDecl!")__builtin_unreachable();
1653 }
1654 break;
1655 }
1656 }
1657}
1658
1659void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleTemplateArgValue(QualType T,
1660 const APValue &V,
1661 bool WithScalarType) {
1662 switch (V.getKind()) {
1663 case APValue::None:
1664 case APValue::Indeterminate:
1665 // FIXME: MSVC doesn't allow this, so we can't be sure how it should be
1666 // mangled.
1667 if (WithScalarType)
1668 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1669 Out << '@';
1670 return;
1671
1672 case APValue::Int:
1673 if (WithScalarType)
1674 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1675 Out << '0';
1676 mangleNumber(V.getInt());
1677 return;
1678
1679 case APValue::Float:
1680 if (WithScalarType)
1681 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1682 mangleFloat(V.getFloat());
1683 return;
1684
1685 case APValue::LValue: {
1686 if (WithScalarType)
1687 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1688
1689 // We don't know how to mangle past-the-end pointers yet.
1690 if (V.isLValueOnePastTheEnd())
1691 break;
1692
1693 APValue::LValueBase Base = V.getLValueBase();
1694 if (!V.hasLValuePath() || V.getLValuePath().empty()) {
1695 // Taking the address of a complete object has a special-case mangling.
1696 if (Base.isNull()) {
1697 // MSVC emits 0A@ for null pointers. Generalize this for arbitrary
1698 // integers cast to pointers.
1699 // FIXME: This mangles 0 cast to a pointer the same as a null pointer,
1700 // even in cases where the two are different values.
1701 Out << "0";
1702 mangleNumber(V.getLValueOffset().getQuantity());
1703 } else if (!V.hasLValuePath()) {
1704 // FIXME: This can only happen as an extension. Invent a mangling.
1705 break;
1706 } else if (auto *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>()) {
1707 Out << (T->isReferenceType() ? "E" : "1");
1708 mangle(VD);
1709 } else {
1710 break;
1711 }
1712 } else {
1713 unsigned NumAts = 0;
1714 if (T->isPointerType()) {
1715 Out << "5";
1716 ++NumAts;
1717 }
1718
1719 QualType T = Base.getType();
1720 for (APValue::LValuePathEntry E : V.getLValuePath()) {
1721 // We don't know how to mangle array subscripting yet.
1722 if (T->isArrayType())
1723 goto mangling_unknown;
1724
1725 const Decl *D = E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer();
1726 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
1727 // We don't know how to mangle derived-to-base conversions yet.
1728 if (!FD)
1729 goto mangling_unknown;
1730
1731 Out << "6";
1732 ++NumAts;
1733 T = FD->getType();
1734 }
1735
1736 auto *VD = Base.dyn_cast<const ValueDecl*>();
1737 if (!VD)
1738 break;
1739 Out << "E";
1740 mangle(VD);
1741
1742 for (APValue::LValuePathEntry E : V.getLValuePath()) {
1743 const Decl *D = E.getAsBaseOrMember().getPointer();
1744 mangleUnqualifiedName(cast<FieldDecl>(D));
1745 }
1746 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumAts; ++I)
1747 Out << '@';
1748 }
1749
1750 return;
1751 }
1752
1753 case APValue::MemberPointer: {
1754 if (WithScalarType)
1755 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1756
1757 // FIXME: The below manglings don't include a conversion, so bail if there
1758 // would be one. MSVC mangles the (possibly converted) value of the
1759 // pointer-to-member object as if it were a struct, leading to collisions
1760 // in some cases.
1761 if (!V.getMemberPointerPath().empty())
1762 break;
1763
1764 const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1765 T->castAs<MemberPointerType>()->getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl();
1766 const ValueDecl *D = V.getMemberPointerDecl();
1767 if (T->isMemberDataPointerType())
1768 mangleMemberDataPointer(RD, D, "");
1769 else
1770 mangleMemberFunctionPointer(RD, cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D), "");
1771 return;
1772 }
1773
1774 case APValue::Struct: {
1775 Out << '2';
1776 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1777 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1778 assert(RD && "unexpected type for record value")((void)0);
1779
1780 unsigned BaseIndex = 0;
1781 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &B : RD->bases())
1782 mangleTemplateArgValue(B.getType(), V.getStructBase(BaseIndex++));
1783 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
1784 if (!FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
1785 mangleTemplateArgValue(FD->getType(),
1786 V.getStructField(FD->getFieldIndex()),
1787 /*WithScalarType*/ true);
1788 Out << '@';
1789 return;
1790 }
1791
1792 case APValue::Union:
1793 Out << '7';
1794 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1795 if (const FieldDecl *FD = V.getUnionField()) {
1796 mangleUnqualifiedName(FD);
1797 mangleTemplateArgValue(FD->getType(), V.getUnionValue());
1798 }
1799 Out << '@';
1800 return;
1801
1802 case APValue::ComplexInt:
1803 // We mangle complex types as structs, so mangle the value as a struct too.
1804 Out << '2';
1805 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1806 Out << '0';
1807 mangleNumber(V.getComplexIntReal());
1808 Out << '0';
1809 mangleNumber(V.getComplexIntImag());
1810 Out << '@';
1811 return;
1812
1813 case APValue::ComplexFloat:
1814 Out << '2';
1815 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1816 mangleFloat(V.getComplexFloatReal());
1817 mangleFloat(V.getComplexFloatImag());
1818 Out << '@';
1819 return;
1820
1821 case APValue::Array: {
1822 Out << '3';
1823 QualType ElemT = getASTContext().getAsArrayType(T)->getElementType();
1824 mangleType(ElemT, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1825 for (unsigned I = 0, N = V.getArraySize(); I != N; ++I) {
1826 const APValue &ElemV = I < V.getArrayInitializedElts()
1827 ? V.getArrayInitializedElt(I)
1828 : V.getArrayFiller();
1829 mangleTemplateArgValue(ElemT, ElemV);
1830 Out << '@';
1831 }
1832 Out << '@';
1833 return;
1834 }
1835
1836 case APValue::Vector: {
1837 // __m128 is mangled as a struct containing an array. We follow this
1838 // approach for all vector types.
1839 Out << '2';
1840 mangleType(T, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1841 Out << '3';
1842 QualType ElemT = T->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
1843 mangleType(ElemT, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
1844 for (unsigned I = 0, N = V.getVectorLength(); I != N; ++I) {
1845 const APValue &ElemV = V.getVectorElt(I);
1846 mangleTemplateArgValue(ElemT, ElemV);
1847 Out << '@';
1848 }
1849 Out << "@@";
1850 return;
1851 }
1852
1853 case APValue::AddrLabelDiff:
1854 case APValue::FixedPoint:
1855 break;
1856 }
1857
1858mangling_unknown:
1859 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
1860 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
1861 DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "cannot mangle this template argument yet");
1862 Diags.Report(DiagID);
1863}
1864
1865void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleObjCProtocol(const ObjCProtocolDecl *PD) {
1866 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
1867 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
1868 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
1869
1870 Stream << "?$";
1871 Extra.mangleSourceName("Protocol");
1872 Extra.mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, PD->getName());
1873
1874 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__ObjC"});
1875}
1876
1877void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleObjCLifetime(const QualType Type,
1878 Qualifiers Quals,
1879 SourceRange Range) {
1880 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
1881 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
1882 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
1883
1884 Stream << "?$";
1885 switch (Quals.getObjCLifetime()) {
1886 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
1887 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
1888 break;
1889 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
1890 Extra.mangleSourceName("Autoreleasing");
1891 break;
1892 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
1893 Extra.mangleSourceName("Strong");
1894 break;
1895 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
1896 Extra.mangleSourceName("Weak");
1897 break;
1898 }
1899 Extra.manglePointerCVQualifiers(Quals);
1900 Extra.manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, Type);
1901 Extra.mangleType(Type, Range);
1902
1903 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__ObjC"});
1904}
1905
1906void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleObjCKindOfType(const ObjCObjectType *T,
1907 Qualifiers Quals,
1908 SourceRange Range) {
1909 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
1910 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
1911 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
1912
1913 Stream << "?$";
1914 Extra.mangleSourceName("KindOf");
1915 Extra.mangleType(QualType(T, 0)
1916 .stripObjCKindOfType(getASTContext())
1917 ->getAs<ObjCObjectType>(),
1918 Quals, Range);
1919
1920 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__ObjC"});
1921}
1922
1923void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals,
1924 bool IsMember) {
1925 // <cvr-qualifiers> ::= [E] [F] [I] <base-cvr-qualifiers>
1926 // 'E' means __ptr64 (32-bit only); 'F' means __unaligned (32/64-bit only);
1927 // 'I' means __restrict (32/64-bit).
1928 // Note that the MSVC __restrict keyword isn't the same as the C99 restrict
1929 // keyword!
1930 // <base-cvr-qualifiers> ::= A # near
1931 // ::= B # near const
1932 // ::= C # near volatile
1933 // ::= D # near const volatile
1934 // ::= E # far (16-bit)
1935 // ::= F # far const (16-bit)
1936 // ::= G # far volatile (16-bit)
1937 // ::= H # far const volatile (16-bit)
1938 // ::= I # huge (16-bit)
1939 // ::= J # huge const (16-bit)
1940 // ::= K # huge volatile (16-bit)
1941 // ::= L # huge const volatile (16-bit)
1942 // ::= M <basis> # based
1943 // ::= N <basis> # based const
1944 // ::= O <basis> # based volatile
1945 // ::= P <basis> # based const volatile
1946 // ::= Q # near member
1947 // ::= R # near const member
1948 // ::= S # near volatile member
1949 // ::= T # near const volatile member
1950 // ::= U # far member (16-bit)
1951 // ::= V # far const member (16-bit)
1952 // ::= W # far volatile member (16-bit)
1953 // ::= X # far const volatile member (16-bit)
1954 // ::= Y # huge member (16-bit)
1955 // ::= Z # huge const member (16-bit)
1956 // ::= 0 # huge volatile member (16-bit)
1957 // ::= 1 # huge const volatile member (16-bit)
1958 // ::= 2 <basis> # based member
1959 // ::= 3 <basis> # based const member
1960 // ::= 4 <basis> # based volatile member
1961 // ::= 5 <basis> # based const volatile member
1962 // ::= 6 # near function (pointers only)
1963 // ::= 7 # far function (pointers only)
1964 // ::= 8 # near method (pointers only)
1965 // ::= 9 # far method (pointers only)
1966 // ::= _A <basis> # based function (pointers only)
1967 // ::= _B <basis> # based function (far?) (pointers only)
1968 // ::= _C <basis> # based method (pointers only)
1969 // ::= _D <basis> # based method (far?) (pointers only)
1970 // ::= _E # block (Clang)
1971 // <basis> ::= 0 # __based(void)
1972 // ::= 1 # __based(segment)?
1973 // ::= 2 <name> # __based(name)
1974 // ::= 3 # ?
1975 // ::= 4 # ?
1976 // ::= 5 # not really based
1977 bool HasConst = Quals.hasConst(),
1978 HasVolatile = Quals.hasVolatile();
1979
1980 if (!IsMember) {
1981 if (HasConst && HasVolatile) {
1982 Out << 'D';
1983 } else if (HasVolatile) {
1984 Out << 'C';
1985 } else if (HasConst) {
1986 Out << 'B';
1987 } else {
1988 Out << 'A';
1989 }
1990 } else {
1991 if (HasConst && HasVolatile) {
1992 Out << 'T';
1993 } else if (HasVolatile) {
1994 Out << 'S';
1995 } else if (HasConst) {
1996 Out << 'R';
1997 } else {
1998 Out << 'Q';
1999 }
2000 }
2001
2002 // FIXME: For now, just drop all extension qualifiers on the floor.
2003}
2004
2005void
2006MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleRefQualifier(RefQualifierKind RefQualifier) {
2007 // <ref-qualifier> ::= G # lvalue reference
2008 // ::= H # rvalue-reference
2009 switch (RefQualifier) {
2010 case RQ_None:
2011 break;
2012
2013 case RQ_LValue:
2014 Out << 'G';
2015 break;
2016
2017 case RQ_RValue:
2018 Out << 'H';
2019 break;
2020 }
2021}
2022
2023void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::manglePointerExtQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals,
2024 QualType PointeeType) {
2025 // Check if this is a default 64-bit pointer or has __ptr64 qualifier.
2026 bool is64Bit = PointeeType.isNull() ? PointersAre64Bit :
2027 is64BitPointer(PointeeType.getQualifiers());
2028 if (is64Bit && (PointeeType.isNull() || !PointeeType->isFunctionType()))
2029 Out << 'E';
2030
2031 if (Quals.hasRestrict())
2032 Out << 'I';
2033
2034 if (Quals.hasUnaligned() ||
2035 (!PointeeType.isNull() && PointeeType.getLocalQualifiers().hasUnaligned()))
2036 Out << 'F';
2037}
2038
2039void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::manglePointerCVQualifiers(Qualifiers Quals) {
2040 // <pointer-cv-qualifiers> ::= P # no qualifiers
2041 // ::= Q # const
2042 // ::= R # volatile
2043 // ::= S # const volatile
2044 bool HasConst = Quals.hasConst(),
2045 HasVolatile = Quals.hasVolatile();
2046
2047 if (HasConst && HasVolatile) {
2048 Out << 'S';
2049 } else if (HasVolatile) {
2050 Out << 'R';
2051 } else if (HasConst) {
2052 Out << 'Q';
2053 } else {
2054 Out << 'P';
2055 }
2056}
2057
2058void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleFunctionArgumentType(QualType T,
2059 SourceRange Range) {
2060 // MSVC will backreference two canonically equivalent types that have slightly
2061 // different manglings when mangled alone.
2062
2063 // Decayed types do not match up with non-decayed versions of the same type.
2064 //
2065 // e.g.
2066 // void (*x)(void) will not form a backreference with void x(void)
2067 void *TypePtr;
2068 if (const auto *DT = T->getAs<DecayedType>()) {
2069 QualType OriginalType = DT->getOriginalType();
2070 // All decayed ArrayTypes should be treated identically; as-if they were
2071 // a decayed IncompleteArrayType.
2072 if (const auto *AT = getASTContext().getAsArrayType(OriginalType))
2073 OriginalType = getASTContext().getIncompleteArrayType(
2074 AT->getElementType(), AT->getSizeModifier(),
2075 AT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
2076
2077 TypePtr = OriginalType.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2078 // If the original parameter was textually written as an array,
2079 // instead treat the decayed parameter like it's const.
2080 //
2081 // e.g.
2082 // int [] -> int * const
2083 if (OriginalType->isArrayType())
2084 T = T.withConst();
2085 } else {
2086 TypePtr = T.getCanonicalType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2087 }
2088
2089 ArgBackRefMap::iterator Found = FunArgBackReferences.find(TypePtr);
2090
2091 if (Found == FunArgBackReferences.end()) {
2092 size_t OutSizeBefore = Out.tell();
2093
2094 mangleType(T, Range, QMM_Drop);
2095
2096 // See if it's worth creating a back reference.
2097 // Only types longer than 1 character are considered
2098 // and only 10 back references slots are available:
2099 bool LongerThanOneChar = (Out.tell() - OutSizeBefore > 1);
2100 if (LongerThanOneChar && FunArgBackReferences.size() < 10) {
2101 size_t Size = FunArgBackReferences.size();
2102 FunArgBackReferences[TypePtr] = Size;
2103 }
2104 } else {
2105 Out << Found->second;
2106 }
2107}
2108
2109void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::manglePassObjectSizeArg(
2110 const PassObjectSizeAttr *POSA) {
2111 int Type = POSA->getType();
2112 bool Dynamic = POSA->isDynamic();
2113
2114 auto Iter = PassObjectSizeArgs.insert({Type, Dynamic}).first;
2115 auto *TypePtr = (const void *)&*Iter;
2116 ArgBackRefMap::iterator Found = FunArgBackReferences.find(TypePtr);
2117
2118 if (Found == FunArgBackReferences.end()) {
2119 std::string Name =
2120 Dynamic ? "__pass_dynamic_object_size" : "__pass_object_size";
2121 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Enum, Name + llvm::utostr(Type), {"__clang"});
2122
2123 if (FunArgBackReferences.size() < 10) {
2124 size_t Size = FunArgBackReferences.size();
2125 FunArgBackReferences[TypePtr] = Size;
2126 }
2127 } else {
2128 Out << Found->second;
2129 }
2130}
2131
2132void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleAddressSpaceType(QualType T,
2133 Qualifiers Quals,
2134 SourceRange Range) {
2135 // Address space is mangled as an unqualified templated type in the __clang
2136 // namespace. The demangled version of this is:
2137 // In the case of a language specific address space:
2138 // __clang::struct _AS[language_addr_space]<Type>
2139 // where:
2140 // <language_addr_space> ::= <OpenCL-addrspace> | <CUDA-addrspace>
2141 // <OpenCL-addrspace> ::= "CL" [ "global" | "local" | "constant" |
2142 // "private"| "generic" | "device" | "host" ]
2143 // <CUDA-addrspace> ::= "CU" [ "device" | "constant" | "shared" ]
2144 // Note that the above were chosen to match the Itanium mangling for this.
2145 //
2146 // In the case of a non-language specific address space:
2147 // __clang::struct _AS<TargetAS, Type>
2148 assert(Quals.hasAddressSpace() && "Not valid without address space")((void)0);
2149 llvm::SmallString<32> ASMangling;
2150 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(ASMangling);
2151 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
2152 Stream << "?$";
2153
2154 LangAS AS = Quals.getAddressSpace();
2155 if (Context.getASTContext().addressSpaceMapManglingFor(AS)) {
2156 unsigned TargetAS = Context.getASTContext().getTargetAddressSpace(AS);
2157 Extra.mangleSourceName("_AS");
2158 Extra.mangleIntegerLiteral(llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(TargetAS));
2159 } else {
2160 switch (AS) {
2161 default:
2162 llvm_unreachable("Not a language specific address space")__builtin_unreachable();
2163 case LangAS::opencl_global:
2164 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLglobal");
2165 break;
2166 case LangAS::opencl_global_device:
2167 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLdevice");
2168 break;
2169 case LangAS::opencl_global_host:
2170 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLhost");
2171 break;
2172 case LangAS::opencl_local:
2173 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLlocal");
2174 break;
2175 case LangAS::opencl_constant:
2176 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLconstant");
2177 break;
2178 case LangAS::opencl_private:
2179 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLprivate");
2180 break;
2181 case LangAS::opencl_generic:
2182 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCLgeneric");
2183 break;
2184 case LangAS::cuda_device:
2185 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCUdevice");
2186 break;
2187 case LangAS::cuda_constant:
2188 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCUconstant");
2189 break;
2190 case LangAS::cuda_shared:
2191 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ASCUshared");
2192 break;
2193 case LangAS::ptr32_sptr:
2194 case LangAS::ptr32_uptr:
2195 case LangAS::ptr64:
2196 llvm_unreachable("don't mangle ptr address spaces with _AS")__builtin_unreachable();
2197 }
2198 }
2199
2200 Extra.mangleType(T, Range, QMM_Escape);
2201 mangleQualifiers(Qualifiers(), false);
2202 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, ASMangling, {"__clang"});
2203}
2204
2205void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(QualType T, SourceRange Range,
2206 QualifierMangleMode QMM) {
2207 // Don't use the canonical types. MSVC includes things like 'const' on
2208 // pointer arguments to function pointers that canonicalization strips away.
2209 T = T.getDesugaredType(getASTContext());
2210 Qualifiers Quals = T.getLocalQualifiers();
2211
2212 if (const ArrayType *AT = getASTContext().getAsArrayType(T)) {
2213 // If there were any Quals, getAsArrayType() pushed them onto the array
2214 // element type.
2215 if (QMM == QMM_Mangle)
2216 Out << 'A';
2217 else if (QMM == QMM_Escape || QMM == QMM_Result)
2218 Out << "$$B";
2219 mangleArrayType(AT);
2220 return;
2221 }
2222
2223 bool IsPointer = T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isMemberPointerType() ||
2224 T->isReferenceType() || T->isBlockPointerType();
2225
2226 switch (QMM) {
2227 case QMM_Drop:
2228 if (Quals.hasObjCLifetime())
2229 Quals = Quals.withoutObjCLifetime();
2230 break;
2231 case QMM_Mangle:
2232 if (const FunctionType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionType>(T)) {
2233 Out << '6';
2234 mangleFunctionType(FT);
2235 return;
2236 }
2237 mangleQualifiers(Quals, false);
2238 break;
2239 case QMM_Escape:
2240 if (!IsPointer && Quals) {
2241 Out << "$$C";
2242 mangleQualifiers(Quals, false);
2243 }
2244 break;
2245 case QMM_Result:
2246 // Presence of __unaligned qualifier shouldn't affect mangling here.
2247 Quals.removeUnaligned();
2248 if (Quals.hasObjCLifetime())
2249 Quals = Quals.withoutObjCLifetime();
2250 if ((!IsPointer && Quals) || isa<TagType>(T) || isArtificialTagType(T)) {
2251 Out << '?';
2252 mangleQualifiers(Quals, false);
2253 }
2254 break;
2255 }
2256
2257 const Type *ty = T.getTypePtr();
2258
2259 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
2260#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(CLASS, PARENT)
2261#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(CLASS, PARENT) \
2262 case Type::CLASS: \
2263 llvm_unreachable("can't mangle non-canonical type " #CLASS "Type")__builtin_unreachable(); \
2264 return;
2265#define TYPE(CLASS, PARENT) \
2266 case Type::CLASS: \
2267 mangleType(cast<CLASS##Type>(ty), Quals, Range); \
2268 break;
2269#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc"
2270#undef ABSTRACT_TYPE
2271#undef NON_CANONICAL_TYPE
2272#undef TYPE
2273 }
2274}
2275
2276void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const BuiltinType *T, Qualifiers,
2277 SourceRange Range) {
2278 // <type> ::= <builtin-type>
2279 // <builtin-type> ::= X # void
2280 // ::= C # signed char
2281 // ::= D # char
2282 // ::= E # unsigned char
2283 // ::= F # short
2284 // ::= G # unsigned short (or wchar_t if it's not a builtin)
2285 // ::= H # int
2286 // ::= I # unsigned int
2287 // ::= J # long
2288 // ::= K # unsigned long
2289 // L # <none>
2290 // ::= M # float
2291 // ::= N # double
2292 // ::= O # long double (__float80 is mangled differently)
2293 // ::= _J # long long, __int64
2294 // ::= _K # unsigned long long, __int64
2295 // ::= _L # __int128
2296 // ::= _M # unsigned __int128
2297 // ::= _N # bool
2298 // _O # <array in parameter>
2299 // ::= _Q # char8_t
2300 // ::= _S # char16_t
2301 // ::= _T # __float80 (Intel)
2302 // ::= _U # char32_t
2303 // ::= _W # wchar_t
2304 // ::= _Z # __float80 (Digital Mars)
2305 switch (T->getKind()) {
2306 case BuiltinType::Void:
2307 Out << 'X';
2308 break;
2309 case BuiltinType::SChar:
2310 Out << 'C';
2311 break;
2312 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
2313 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
2314 Out << 'D';
2315 break;
2316 case BuiltinType::UChar:
2317 Out << 'E';
2318 break;
2319 case BuiltinType::Short:
2320 Out << 'F';
2321 break;
2322 case BuiltinType::UShort:
2323 Out << 'G';
2324 break;
2325 case BuiltinType::Int:
2326 Out << 'H';
2327 break;
2328 case BuiltinType::UInt:
2329 Out << 'I';
2330 break;
2331 case BuiltinType::Long:
2332 Out << 'J';
2333 break;
2334 case BuiltinType::ULong:
2335 Out << 'K';
2336 break;
2337 case BuiltinType::Float:
2338 Out << 'M';
2339 break;
2340 case BuiltinType::Double:
2341 Out << 'N';
2342 break;
2343 // TODO: Determine size and mangle accordingly
2344 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
2345 Out << 'O';
2346 break;
2347 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
2348 Out << "_J";
2349 break;
2350 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
2351 Out << "_K";
2352 break;
2353 case BuiltinType::Int128:
2354 Out << "_L";
2355 break;
2356 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
2357 Out << "_M";
2358 break;
2359 case BuiltinType::Bool:
2360 Out << "_N";
2361 break;
2362 case BuiltinType::Char8:
2363 Out << "_Q";
2364 break;
2365 case BuiltinType::Char16:
2366 Out << "_S";
2367 break;
2368 case BuiltinType::Char32:
2369 Out << "_U";
2370 break;
2371 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
2372 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
2373 Out << "_W";
2374 break;
2375
2376#define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId)
2377#define PLACEHOLDER_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) \
2378 case BuiltinType::Id:
2379#include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def"
2380 case BuiltinType::Dependent:
2381 llvm_unreachable("placeholder types shouldn't get to name mangling")__builtin_unreachable();
2382
2383 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
2384 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "objc_object");
2385 break;
2386 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
2387 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "objc_class");
2388 break;
2389 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
2390 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "objc_selector");
2391 break;
2392
2393#define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \
2394 case BuiltinType::Id: \
2395 Out << "PAUocl_" #ImgType "_" #Suffix "@@"; \
2396 break;
2397#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def"
2398 case BuiltinType::OCLSampler:
2399 Out << "PA";
2400 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "ocl_sampler");
2401 break;
2402 case BuiltinType::OCLEvent:
2403 Out << "PA";
2404 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "ocl_event");
2405 break;
2406 case BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent:
2407 Out << "PA";
2408 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "ocl_clkevent");
2409 break;
2410 case BuiltinType::OCLQueue:
2411 Out << "PA";
2412 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "ocl_queue");
2413 break;
2414 case BuiltinType::OCLReserveID:
2415 Out << "PA";
2416 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "ocl_reserveid");
2417 break;
2418#define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \
2419 case BuiltinType::Id: \
2420 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "ocl_" #ExtType); \
2421 break;
2422#include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def"
2423
2424 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
2425 Out << "$$T";
2426 break;
2427
2428 case BuiltinType::Float16:
2429 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "_Float16", {"__clang"});
2430 break;
2431
2432 case BuiltinType::Half:
2433 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "_Half", {"__clang"});
2434 break;
2435
2436#define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) \
2437 case BuiltinType::Id:
2438#include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def"
2439#define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) \
2440 case BuiltinType::Id:
2441#include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def"
2442#define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) case BuiltinType::Id:
2443#include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def"
2444 case BuiltinType::ShortAccum:
2445 case BuiltinType::Accum:
2446 case BuiltinType::LongAccum:
2447 case BuiltinType::UShortAccum:
2448 case BuiltinType::UAccum:
2449 case BuiltinType::ULongAccum:
2450 case BuiltinType::ShortFract:
2451 case BuiltinType::Fract:
2452 case BuiltinType::LongFract:
2453 case BuiltinType::UShortFract:
2454 case BuiltinType::UFract:
2455 case BuiltinType::ULongFract:
2456 case BuiltinType::SatShortAccum:
2457 case BuiltinType::SatAccum:
2458 case BuiltinType::SatLongAccum:
2459 case BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum:
2460 case BuiltinType::SatUAccum:
2461 case BuiltinType::SatULongAccum:
2462 case BuiltinType::SatShortFract:
2463 case BuiltinType::SatFract:
2464 case BuiltinType::SatLongFract:
2465 case BuiltinType::SatUShortFract:
2466 case BuiltinType::SatUFract:
2467 case BuiltinType::SatULongFract:
2468 case BuiltinType::BFloat16:
2469 case BuiltinType::Float128: {
2470 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
2471 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
2472 DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "cannot mangle this built-in %0 type yet");
2473 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
2474 << T->getName(Context.getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()) << Range;
2475 break;
2476 }
2477 }
2478}
2479
2480// <type> ::= <function-type>
2481void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const FunctionProtoType *T, Qualifiers,
2482 SourceRange) {
2483 // Structors only appear in decls, so at this point we know it's not a
2484 // structor type.
2485 // FIXME: This may not be lambda-friendly.
2486 if (T->getMethodQuals() || T->getRefQualifier() != RQ_None) {
2487 Out << "$$A8@@";
2488 mangleFunctionType(T, /*D=*/nullptr, /*ForceThisQuals=*/true);
2489 } else {
2490 Out << "$$A6";
2491 mangleFunctionType(T);
2492 }
2493}
2494void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const FunctionNoProtoType *T,
2495 Qualifiers, SourceRange) {
2496 Out << "$$A6";
2497 mangleFunctionType(T);
2498}
2499
2500void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
2501 const FunctionDecl *D,
2502 bool ForceThisQuals,
2503 bool MangleExceptionSpec) {
2504 // <function-type> ::= <this-cvr-qualifiers> <calling-convention>
2505 // <return-type> <argument-list> <throw-spec>
2506 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
3
Assuming 'T' is not a 'FunctionProtoType'
4
'Proto' initialized to a null pointer value
2507
2508 SourceRange Range;
2509 if (D
4.1
'D' is non-null
4.1
'D' is non-null
) Range = D->getSourceRange();
5
Taking true branch
2510
2511 bool IsInLambda = false;
2512 bool IsStructor = false, HasThisQuals = ForceThisQuals, IsCtorClosure = false;
2513 CallingConv CC = T->getCallConv();
2514 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD
6.1
'MD' is non-null
6.1
'MD' is non-null
= dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6
Assuming 'D' is a 'CXXMethodDecl'
7
Taking true branch
2515 if (MD->getParent()->isLambda())
8
Taking false branch
2516 IsInLambda = true;
2517 if (MD->isInstance())
9
Calling 'CXXMethodDecl::isInstance'
12
Returning from 'CXXMethodDecl::isInstance'
13
Taking true branch
2518 HasThisQuals = true;
2519 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
14
Assuming 'MD' is a 'CXXDestructorDecl'
15
Taking true branch
2520 IsStructor = true;
2521 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2522 IsStructor = true;
2523 IsCtorClosure = (StructorType == Ctor_CopyingClosure ||
2524 StructorType == Ctor_DefaultClosure) &&
2525 isStructorDecl(MD);
2526 if (IsCtorClosure)
2527 CC = getASTContext().getDefaultCallingConvention(
2528 /*IsVariadic=*/false, /*IsCXXMethod=*/true);
2529 }
2530 }
2531
2532 // If this is a C++ instance method, mangle the CVR qualifiers for the
2533 // this pointer.
2534 if (HasThisQuals
15.1
'HasThisQuals' is true
15.1
'HasThisQuals' is true
) {
16
Taking true branch
2535 Qualifiers Quals = Proto->getMethodQuals();
17
Called C++ object pointer is null
2536 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, /*PointeeType=*/QualType());
2537 mangleRefQualifier(Proto->getRefQualifier());
2538 mangleQualifiers(Quals, /*IsMember=*/false);
2539 }
2540
2541 mangleCallingConvention(CC);
2542
2543 // <return-type> ::= <type>
2544 // ::= @ # structors (they have no declared return type)
2545 if (IsStructor) {
2546 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(D) && isStructorDecl(D)) {
2547 // The scalar deleting destructor takes an extra int argument which is not
2548 // reflected in the AST.
2549 if (StructorType == Dtor_Deleting) {
2550 Out << (PointersAre64Bit ? "PEAXI@Z" : "PAXI@Z");
2551 return;
2552 }
2553 // The vbase destructor returns void which is not reflected in the AST.
2554 if (StructorType == Dtor_Complete) {
2555 Out << "XXZ";
2556 return;
2557 }
2558 }
2559 if (IsCtorClosure) {
2560 // Default constructor closure and copy constructor closure both return
2561 // void.
2562 Out << 'X';
2563
2564 if (StructorType == Ctor_DefaultClosure) {
2565 // Default constructor closure always has no arguments.
2566 Out << 'X';
2567 } else if (StructorType == Ctor_CopyingClosure) {
2568 // Copy constructor closure always takes an unqualified reference.
2569 mangleFunctionArgumentType(getASTContext().getLValueReferenceType(
2570 Proto->getParamType(0)
2571 ->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()
2572 ->getPointeeType(),
2573 /*SpelledAsLValue=*/true),
2574 Range);
2575 Out << '@';
2576 } else {
2577 llvm_unreachable("unexpected constructor closure!")__builtin_unreachable();
2578 }
2579 Out << 'Z';
2580 return;
2581 }
2582 Out << '@';
2583 } else if (IsInLambda && D && isa<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
2584 // The only lambda conversion operators are to function pointers, which
2585 // can differ by their calling convention and are typically deduced. So
2586 // we make sure that this type gets mangled properly.
2587 mangleType(T->getReturnType(), Range, QMM_Result);
2588 } else {
2589 QualType ResultType = T->getReturnType();
2590 if (IsInLambda && isa<CXXConversionDecl>(D)) {
2591 // The only lambda conversion operators are to function pointers, which
2592 // can differ by their calling convention and are typically deduced. So
2593 // we make sure that this type gets mangled properly.
2594 mangleType(ResultType, Range, QMM_Result);
2595 } else if (const auto *AT = dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(
2596 ResultType->getContainedAutoType())) {
2597 Out << '?';
2598 mangleQualifiers(ResultType.getLocalQualifiers(), /*IsMember=*/false);
2599 Out << '?';
2600 assert(AT->getKeyword() != AutoTypeKeyword::GNUAutoType &&((void)0)
2601 "shouldn't need to mangle __auto_type!")((void)0);
2602 mangleSourceName(AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? "<decltype-auto>" : "<auto>");
2603 Out << '@';
2604 } else if (IsInLambda) {
2605 Out << '@';
2606 } else {
2607 if (ResultType->isVoidType())
2608 ResultType = ResultType.getUnqualifiedType();
2609 mangleType(ResultType, Range, QMM_Result);
2610 }
2611 }
2612
2613 // <argument-list> ::= X # void
2614 // ::= <type>+ @
2615 // ::= <type>* Z # varargs
2616 if (!Proto) {
2617 // Function types without prototypes can arise when mangling a function type
2618 // within an overloadable function in C. We mangle these as the absence of
2619 // any parameter types (not even an empty parameter list).
2620 Out << '@';
2621 } else if (Proto->getNumParams() == 0 && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2622 Out << 'X';
2623 } else {
2624 // Happens for function pointer type arguments for example.
2625 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Proto->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
2626 mangleFunctionArgumentType(Proto->getParamType(I), Range);
2627 // Mangle each pass_object_size parameter as if it's a parameter of enum
2628 // type passed directly after the parameter with the pass_object_size
2629 // attribute. The aforementioned enum's name is __pass_object_size, and we
2630 // pretend it resides in a top-level namespace called __clang.
2631 //
2632 // FIXME: Is there a defined extension notation for the MS ABI, or is it
2633 // necessary to just cross our fingers and hope this type+namespace
2634 // combination doesn't conflict with anything?
2635 if (D)
2636 if (const auto *P = D->getParamDecl(I)->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
2637 manglePassObjectSizeArg(P);
2638 }
2639 // <builtin-type> ::= Z # ellipsis
2640 if (Proto->isVariadic())
2641 Out << 'Z';
2642 else
2643 Out << '@';
2644 }
2645
2646 if (MangleExceptionSpec && getASTContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
2647 getASTContext().getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(
2648 LangOptions::MSVC2017_5))
2649 mangleThrowSpecification(Proto);
2650 else
2651 Out << 'Z';
2652}
2653
2654void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleFunctionClass(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
2655 // <function-class> ::= <member-function> E? # E designates a 64-bit 'this'
2656 // # pointer. in 64-bit mode *all*
2657 // # 'this' pointers are 64-bit.
2658 // ::= <global-function>
2659 // <member-function> ::= A # private: near
2660 // ::= B # private: far
2661 // ::= C # private: static near
2662 // ::= D # private: static far
2663 // ::= E # private: virtual near
2664 // ::= F # private: virtual far
2665 // ::= I # protected: near
2666 // ::= J # protected: far
2667 // ::= K # protected: static near
2668 // ::= L # protected: static far
2669 // ::= M # protected: virtual near
2670 // ::= N # protected: virtual far
2671 // ::= Q # public: near
2672 // ::= R # public: far
2673 // ::= S # public: static near
2674 // ::= T # public: static far
2675 // ::= U # public: virtual near
2676 // ::= V # public: virtual far
2677 // <global-function> ::= Y # global near
2678 // ::= Z # global far
2679 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
2680 bool IsVirtual = MD->isVirtual();
2681 // When mangling vbase destructor variants, ignore whether or not the
2682 // underlying destructor was defined to be virtual.
2683 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && isStructorDecl(MD) &&
2684 StructorType == Dtor_Complete) {
2685 IsVirtual = false;
2686 }
2687 switch (MD->getAccess()) {
2688 case AS_none:
2689 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported access specifier")__builtin_unreachable();
2690 case AS_private:
2691 if (MD->isStatic())
2692 Out << 'C';
2693 else if (IsVirtual)
2694 Out << 'E';
2695 else
2696 Out << 'A';
2697 break;
2698 case AS_protected:
2699 if (MD->isStatic())
2700 Out << 'K';
2701 else if (IsVirtual)
2702 Out << 'M';
2703 else
2704 Out << 'I';
2705 break;
2706 case AS_public:
2707 if (MD->isStatic())
2708 Out << 'S';
2709 else if (IsVirtual)
2710 Out << 'U';
2711 else
2712 Out << 'Q';
2713 }
2714 } else {
2715 Out << 'Y';
2716 }
2717}
2718void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleCallingConvention(CallingConv CC) {
2719 // <calling-convention> ::= A # __cdecl
2720 // ::= B # __export __cdecl
2721 // ::= C # __pascal
2722 // ::= D # __export __pascal
2723 // ::= E # __thiscall
2724 // ::= F # __export __thiscall
2725 // ::= G # __stdcall
2726 // ::= H # __export __stdcall
2727 // ::= I # __fastcall
2728 // ::= J # __export __fastcall
2729 // ::= Q # __vectorcall
2730 // ::= S # __attribute__((__swiftcall__)) // Clang-only
2731 // ::= T # __attribute__((__swiftasynccall__))
2732 // // Clang-only
2733 // ::= w # __regcall
2734 // The 'export' calling conventions are from a bygone era
2735 // (*cough*Win16*cough*) when functions were declared for export with
2736 // that keyword. (It didn't actually export them, it just made them so
2737 // that they could be in a DLL and somebody from another module could call
2738 // them.)
2739
2740 switch (CC) {
2741 default:
2742 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported CC for mangling")__builtin_unreachable();
2743 case CC_Win64:
2744 case CC_X86_64SysV:
2745 case CC_C: Out << 'A'; break;
2746 case CC_X86Pascal: Out << 'C'; break;
2747 case CC_X86ThisCall: Out << 'E'; break;
2748 case CC_X86StdCall: Out << 'G'; break;
2749 case CC_X86FastCall: Out << 'I'; break;
2750 case CC_X86VectorCall: Out << 'Q'; break;
2751 case CC_Swift: Out << 'S'; break;
2752 case CC_SwiftAsync: Out << 'W'; break;
2753 case CC_PreserveMost: Out << 'U'; break;
2754 case CC_X86RegCall: Out << 'w'; break;
2755 }
2756}
2757void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleCallingConvention(const FunctionType *T) {
2758 mangleCallingConvention(T->getCallConv());
2759}
2760
2761void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleThrowSpecification(
2762 const FunctionProtoType *FT) {
2763 // <throw-spec> ::= Z # (default)
2764 // ::= _E # noexcept
2765 if (FT->canThrow())
2766 Out << 'Z';
2767 else
2768 Out << "_E";
2769}
2770
2771void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const UnresolvedUsingType *T,
2772 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
2773 // Probably should be mangled as a template instantiation; need to see what
2774 // VC does first.
2775 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
2776 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
2777 "cannot mangle this unresolved dependent type yet");
2778 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
2779 << Range;
2780}
2781
2782// <type> ::= <union-type> | <struct-type> | <class-type> | <enum-type>
2783// <union-type> ::= T <name>
2784// <struct-type> ::= U <name>
2785// <class-type> ::= V <name>
2786// <enum-type> ::= W4 <name>
2787void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind TTK) {
2788 switch (TTK) {
2789 case TTK_Union:
2790 Out << 'T';
2791 break;
2792 case TTK_Struct:
2793 case TTK_Interface:
2794 Out << 'U';
2795 break;
2796 case TTK_Class:
2797 Out << 'V';
2798 break;
2799 case TTK_Enum:
2800 Out << "W4";
2801 break;
2802 }
2803}
2804void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const EnumType *T, Qualifiers,
2805 SourceRange) {
2806 mangleType(cast<TagType>(T)->getDecl());
2807}
2808void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const RecordType *T, Qualifiers,
2809 SourceRange) {
2810 mangleType(cast<TagType>(T)->getDecl());
2811}
2812void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const TagDecl *TD) {
2813 mangleTagTypeKind(TD->getTagKind());
2814 mangleName(TD);
2815}
2816
2817// If you add a call to this, consider updating isArtificialTagType() too.
2818void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleArtificialTagType(
2819 TagTypeKind TK, StringRef UnqualifiedName,
2820 ArrayRef<StringRef> NestedNames) {
2821 // <name> ::= <unscoped-name> {[<named-scope>]+ | [<nested-name>]}? @
2822 mangleTagTypeKind(TK);
2823
2824 // Always start with the unqualified name.
2825 mangleSourceName(UnqualifiedName);
2826
2827 for (auto I = NestedNames.rbegin(), E = NestedNames.rend(); I != E; ++I)
2828 mangleSourceName(*I);
2829
2830 // Terminate the whole name with an '@'.
2831 Out << '@';
2832}
2833
2834// <type> ::= <array-type>
2835// <array-type> ::= <pointer-cvr-qualifiers> <cvr-qualifiers>
2836// [Y <dimension-count> <dimension>+]
2837// <element-type> # as global, E is never required
2838// It's supposed to be the other way around, but for some strange reason, it
2839// isn't. Today this behavior is retained for the sole purpose of backwards
2840// compatibility.
2841void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleDecayedArrayType(const ArrayType *T) {
2842 // This isn't a recursive mangling, so now we have to do it all in this
2843 // one call.
2844 manglePointerCVQualifiers(T->getElementType().getQualifiers());
2845 mangleType(T->getElementType(), SourceRange());
2846}
2847void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ConstantArrayType *T, Qualifiers,
2848 SourceRange) {
2849 llvm_unreachable("Should have been special cased")__builtin_unreachable();
2850}
2851void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const VariableArrayType *T, Qualifiers,
2852 SourceRange) {
2853 llvm_unreachable("Should have been special cased")__builtin_unreachable();
2854}
2855void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentSizedArrayType *T,
2856 Qualifiers, SourceRange) {
2857 llvm_unreachable("Should have been special cased")__builtin_unreachable();
2858}
2859void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const IncompleteArrayType *T,
2860 Qualifiers, SourceRange) {
2861 llvm_unreachable("Should have been special cased")__builtin_unreachable();
2862}
2863void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleArrayType(const ArrayType *T) {
2864 QualType ElementTy(T, 0);
2865 SmallVector<llvm::APInt, 3> Dimensions;
2866 for (;;) {
2867 if (ElementTy->isConstantArrayType()) {
2868 const ConstantArrayType *CAT =
2869 getASTContext().getAsConstantArrayType(ElementTy);
2870 Dimensions.push_back(CAT->getSize());
2871 ElementTy = CAT->getElementType();
2872 } else if (ElementTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2873 const IncompleteArrayType *IAT =
2874 getASTContext().getAsIncompleteArrayType(ElementTy);
2875 Dimensions.push_back(llvm::APInt(32, 0));
2876 ElementTy = IAT->getElementType();
2877 } else if (ElementTy->isVariableArrayType()) {
2878 const VariableArrayType *VAT =
2879 getASTContext().getAsVariableArrayType(ElementTy);
2880 Dimensions.push_back(llvm::APInt(32, 0));
2881 ElementTy = VAT->getElementType();
2882 } else if (ElementTy->isDependentSizedArrayType()) {
2883 // The dependent expression has to be folded into a constant (TODO).
2884 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT =
2885 getASTContext().getAsDependentSizedArrayType(ElementTy);
2886 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
2887 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
2888 "cannot mangle this dependent-length array yet");
2889 Diags.Report(DSAT->getSizeExpr()->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
2890 << DSAT->getBracketsRange();
2891 return;
2892 } else {
2893 break;
2894 }
2895 }
2896 Out << 'Y';
2897 // <dimension-count> ::= <number> # number of extra dimensions
2898 mangleNumber(Dimensions.size());
2899 for (const llvm::APInt &Dimension : Dimensions)
2900 mangleNumber(Dimension.getLimitedValue());
2901 mangleType(ElementTy, SourceRange(), QMM_Escape);
2902}
2903
2904// <type> ::= <pointer-to-member-type>
2905// <pointer-to-member-type> ::= <pointer-cvr-qualifiers> <cvr-qualifiers>
2906// <class name> <type>
2907void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const MemberPointerType *T,
2908 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
2909 QualType PointeeType = T->getPointeeType();
2910 manglePointerCVQualifiers(Quals);
2911 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, PointeeType);
2912 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = PointeeType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
2913 Out << '8';
2914 mangleName(T->getClass()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2915 mangleFunctionType(FPT, nullptr, true);
2916 } else {
2917 mangleQualifiers(PointeeType.getQualifiers(), true);
2918 mangleName(T->getClass()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
2919 mangleType(PointeeType, Range, QMM_Drop);
2920 }
2921}
2922
2923void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const TemplateTypeParmType *T,
2924 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
2925 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
2926 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
2927 "cannot mangle this template type parameter type yet");
2928 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
2929 << Range;
2930}
2931
2932void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *T,
2933 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
2934 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
2935 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
2936 "cannot mangle this substituted parameter pack yet");
2937 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
2938 << Range;
2939}
2940
2941// <type> ::= <pointer-type>
2942// <pointer-type> ::= E? <pointer-cvr-qualifiers> <cvr-qualifiers> <type>
2943// # the E is required for 64-bit non-static pointers
2944void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const PointerType *T, Qualifiers Quals,
2945 SourceRange Range) {
2946 QualType PointeeType = T->getPointeeType();
2947 manglePointerCVQualifiers(Quals);
2948 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, PointeeType);
2949
2950 // For pointer size address spaces, go down the same type mangling path as
2951 // non address space types.
2952 LangAS AddrSpace = PointeeType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpace();
2953 if (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(AddrSpace) || AddrSpace == LangAS::Default)
2954 mangleType(PointeeType, Range);
2955 else
2956 mangleAddressSpaceType(PointeeType, PointeeType.getQualifiers(), Range);
2957}
2958
2959void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ObjCObjectPointerType *T,
2960 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
2961 QualType PointeeType = T->getPointeeType();
2962 switch (Quals.getObjCLifetime()) {
2963 case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
2964 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
2965 break;
2966 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
2967 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
2968 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
2969 return mangleObjCLifetime(PointeeType, Quals, Range);
2970 }
2971 manglePointerCVQualifiers(Quals);
2972 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, PointeeType);
2973 mangleType(PointeeType, Range);
2974}
2975
2976// <type> ::= <reference-type>
2977// <reference-type> ::= A E? <cvr-qualifiers> <type>
2978// # the E is required for 64-bit non-static lvalue references
2979void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const LValueReferenceType *T,
2980 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
2981 QualType PointeeType = T->getPointeeType();
2982 assert(!Quals.hasConst() && !Quals.hasVolatile() && "unexpected qualifier!")((void)0);
2983 Out << 'A';
2984 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, PointeeType);
2985 mangleType(PointeeType, Range);
2986}
2987
2988// <type> ::= <r-value-reference-type>
2989// <r-value-reference-type> ::= $$Q E? <cvr-qualifiers> <type>
2990// # the E is required for 64-bit non-static rvalue references
2991void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const RValueReferenceType *T,
2992 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
2993 QualType PointeeType = T->getPointeeType();
2994 assert(!Quals.hasConst() && !Quals.hasVolatile() && "unexpected qualifier!")((void)0);
2995 Out << "$$Q";
2996 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, PointeeType);
2997 mangleType(PointeeType, Range);
2998}
2999
3000void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ComplexType *T, Qualifiers,
3001 SourceRange Range) {
3002 QualType ElementType = T->getElementType();
3003
3004 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
3005 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
3006 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
3007 Stream << "?$";
3008 Extra.mangleSourceName("_Complex");
3009 Extra.mangleType(ElementType, Range, QMM_Escape);
3010
3011 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__clang"});
3012}
3013
3014// Returns true for types that mangleArtificialTagType() gets called for with
3015// TTK_Union, TTK_Struct, TTK_Class and where compatibility with MSVC's
3016// mangling matters.
3017// (It doesn't matter for Objective-C types and the like that cl.exe doesn't
3018// support.)
3019bool MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::isArtificialTagType(QualType T) const {
3020 const Type *ty = T.getTypePtr();
3021 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
3022 default:
3023 return false;
3024
3025 case Type::Vector: {
3026 // For ABI compatibility only __m64, __m128(id), and __m256(id) matter,
3027 // but since mangleType(VectorType*) always calls mangleArtificialTagType()
3028 // just always return true (the other vector types are clang-only).
3029 return true;
3030 }
3031 }
3032}
3033
3034void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const VectorType *T, Qualifiers Quals,
3035 SourceRange Range) {
3036 const BuiltinType *ET = T->getElementType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3037 assert(ET && "vectors with non-builtin elements are unsupported")((void)0);
3038 uint64_t Width = getASTContext().getTypeSize(T);
3039 // Pattern match exactly the typedefs in our intrinsic headers. Anything that
3040 // doesn't match the Intel types uses a custom mangling below.
3041 size_t OutSizeBefore = Out.tell();
3042 if (!isa<ExtVectorType>(T)) {
3043 if (getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().isX86()) {
3044 if (Width == 64 && ET->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongLong) {
3045 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Union, "__m64");
3046 } else if (Width >= 128) {
3047 if (ET->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
3048 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Union, "__m" + llvm::utostr(Width));
3049 else if (ET->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongLong)
3050 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Union, "__m" + llvm::utostr(Width) + 'i');
3051 else if (ET->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
3052 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, "__m" + llvm::utostr(Width) + 'd');
3053 }
3054 }
3055 }
3056
3057 bool IsBuiltin = Out.tell() != OutSizeBefore;
3058 if (!IsBuiltin) {
3059 // The MS ABI doesn't have a special mangling for vector types, so we define
3060 // our own mangling to handle uses of __vector_size__ on user-specified
3061 // types, and for extensions like __v4sf.
3062
3063 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
3064 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
3065 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
3066 Stream << "?$";
3067 Extra.mangleSourceName("__vector");
3068 Extra.mangleType(QualType(ET, 0), Range, QMM_Escape);
3069 Extra.mangleIntegerLiteral(llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(T->getNumElements()));
3070
3071 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Union, TemplateMangling, {"__clang"});
3072 }
3073}
3074
3075void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ExtVectorType *T,
3076 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
3077 mangleType(static_cast<const VectorType *>(T), Quals, Range);
3078}
3079
3080void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentVectorType *T,
3081 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3082 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3083 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
3084 DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3085 "cannot mangle this dependent-sized vector type yet");
3086 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID) << Range;
3087}
3088
3089void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentSizedExtVectorType *T,
3090 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3091 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3092 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3093 "cannot mangle this dependent-sized extended vector type yet");
3094 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3095 << Range;
3096}
3097
3098void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ConstantMatrixType *T,
3099 Qualifiers quals, SourceRange Range) {
3100 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3101 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3102 "Cannot mangle this matrix type yet");
3103 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID) << Range;
3104}
3105
3106void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentSizedMatrixType *T,
3107 Qualifiers quals, SourceRange Range) {
3108 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3109 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
3110 DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3111 "Cannot mangle this dependent-sized matrix type yet");
3112 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID) << Range;
3113}
3114
3115void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentAddressSpaceType *T,
3116 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3117 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3118 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
3119 DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3120 "cannot mangle this dependent address space type yet");
3121 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID) << Range;
3122}
3123
3124void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ObjCInterfaceType *T, Qualifiers,
3125 SourceRange) {
3126 // ObjC interfaces have structs underlying them.
3127 mangleTagTypeKind(TTK_Struct);
3128 mangleName(T->getDecl());
3129}
3130
3131void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ObjCObjectType *T,
3132 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
3133 if (T->isKindOfType())
3134 return mangleObjCKindOfType(T, Quals, Range);
3135
3136 if (T->qual_empty() && !T->isSpecialized())
3137 return mangleType(T->getBaseType(), Range, QMM_Drop);
3138
3139 ArgBackRefMap OuterFunArgsContext;
3140 ArgBackRefMap OuterTemplateArgsContext;
3141 BackRefVec OuterTemplateContext;
3142
3143 FunArgBackReferences.swap(OuterFunArgsContext);
3144 TemplateArgBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateArgsContext);
3145 NameBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateContext);
3146
3147 mangleTagTypeKind(TTK_Struct);
3148
3149 Out << "?$";
3150 if (T->isObjCId())
3151 mangleSourceName("objc_object");
3152 else if (T->isObjCClass())
3153 mangleSourceName("objc_class");
3154 else
3155 mangleSourceName(T->getInterface()->getName());
3156
3157 for (const auto &Q : T->quals())
3158 mangleObjCProtocol(Q);
3159
3160 if (T->isSpecialized())
3161 for (const auto &TA : T->getTypeArgs())
3162 mangleType(TA, Range, QMM_Drop);
3163
3164 Out << '@';
3165
3166 Out << '@';
3167
3168 FunArgBackReferences.swap(OuterFunArgsContext);
3169 TemplateArgBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateArgsContext);
3170 NameBackReferences.swap(OuterTemplateContext);
3171}
3172
3173void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const BlockPointerType *T,
3174 Qualifiers Quals, SourceRange Range) {
3175 QualType PointeeType = T->getPointeeType();
3176 manglePointerCVQualifiers(Quals);
3177 manglePointerExtQualifiers(Quals, PointeeType);
3178
3179 Out << "_E";
3180
3181 mangleFunctionType(PointeeType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>());
3182}
3183
3184void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const InjectedClassNameType *,
3185 Qualifiers, SourceRange) {
3186 llvm_unreachable("Cannot mangle injected class name type.")__builtin_unreachable();
3187}
3188
3189void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const TemplateSpecializationType *T,
3190 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3191 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3192 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3193 "cannot mangle this template specialization type yet");
3194 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3195 << Range;
3196}
3197
3198void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentNameType *T, Qualifiers,
3199 SourceRange Range) {
3200 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3201 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3202 "cannot mangle this dependent name type yet");
3203 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3204 << Range;
3205}
3206
3207void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(
3208 const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T, Qualifiers,
3209 SourceRange Range) {
3210 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3211 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3212 "cannot mangle this dependent template specialization type yet");
3213 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3214 << Range;
3215}
3216
3217void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const PackExpansionType *T, Qualifiers,
3218 SourceRange Range) {
3219 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3220 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3221 "cannot mangle this pack expansion yet");
3222 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3223 << Range;
3224}
3225
3226void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const TypeOfType *T, Qualifiers,
3227 SourceRange Range) {
3228 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3229 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3230 "cannot mangle this typeof(type) yet");
3231 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3232 << Range;
3233}
3234
3235void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const TypeOfExprType *T, Qualifiers,
3236 SourceRange Range) {
3237 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3238 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3239 "cannot mangle this typeof(expression) yet");
3240 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3241 << Range;
3242}
3243
3244void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DecltypeType *T, Qualifiers,
3245 SourceRange Range) {
3246 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3247 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3248 "cannot mangle this decltype() yet");
3249 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3250 << Range;
3251}
3252
3253void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const UnaryTransformType *T,
3254 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3255 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3256 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3257 "cannot mangle this unary transform type yet");
3258 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3259 << Range;
3260}
3261
3262void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const AutoType *T, Qualifiers,
3263 SourceRange Range) {
3264 assert(T->getDeducedType().isNull() && "expecting a dependent type!")((void)0);
3265
3266 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3267 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3268 "cannot mangle this 'auto' type yet");
3269 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3270 << Range;
3271}
3272
3273void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(
3274 const DeducedTemplateSpecializationType *T, Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3275 assert(T->getDeducedType().isNull() && "expecting a dependent type!")((void)0);
3276
3277 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3278 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(DiagnosticsEngine::Error,
3279 "cannot mangle this deduced class template specialization type yet");
3280 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID)
3281 << Range;
3282}
3283
3284void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const AtomicType *T, Qualifiers,
3285 SourceRange Range) {
3286 QualType ValueType = T->getValueType();
3287
3288 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
3289 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
3290 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
3291 Stream << "?$";
3292 Extra.mangleSourceName("_Atomic");
3293 Extra.mangleType(ValueType, Range, QMM_Escape);
3294
3295 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__clang"});
3296}
3297
3298void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const PipeType *T, Qualifiers,
3299 SourceRange Range) {
3300 QualType ElementType = T->getElementType();
3301
3302 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
3303 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
3304 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
3305 Stream << "?$";
3306 Extra.mangleSourceName("ocl_pipe");
3307 Extra.mangleType(ElementType, Range, QMM_Escape);
3308 Extra.mangleIntegerLiteral(llvm::APSInt::get(T->isReadOnly()));
3309
3310 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__clang"});
3311}
3312
3313void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXName(GlobalDecl GD,
3314 raw_ostream &Out) {
3315 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(GD.getDecl());
3316 PrettyStackTraceDecl CrashInfo(D, SourceLocation(),
3317 getASTContext().getSourceManager(),
3318 "Mangling declaration");
3319
3320 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3321
3322 if (auto *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
3323 auto Type = GD.getCtorType();
3324 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler mangler(*this, MHO, CD, Type);
3325 return mangler.mangle(D);
3326 }
3327
3328 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
3329 auto Type = GD.getDtorType();
3330 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler mangler(*this, MHO, DD, Type);
3331 return mangler.mangle(D);
3332 }
3333
3334 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3335 return Mangler.mangle(D);
3336}
3337
3338void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const ExtIntType *T, Qualifiers,
3339 SourceRange Range) {
3340 llvm::SmallString<64> TemplateMangling;
3341 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(TemplateMangling);
3342 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Extra(Context, Stream);
3343 Stream << "?$";
3344 if (T->isUnsigned())
3345 Extra.mangleSourceName("_UExtInt");
3346 else
3347 Extra.mangleSourceName("_ExtInt");
3348 Extra.mangleIntegerLiteral(llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(T->getNumBits()));
3349
3350 mangleArtificialTagType(TTK_Struct, TemplateMangling, {"__clang"});
3351}
3352
3353void MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleType(const DependentExtIntType *T,
3354 Qualifiers, SourceRange Range) {
3355 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags = Context.getDiags();
3356 unsigned DiagID = Diags.getCustomDiagID(
3357 DiagnosticsEngine::Error, "cannot mangle this DependentExtInt type yet");
3358 Diags.Report(Range.getBegin(), DiagID) << Range;
3359}
3360
3361// <this-adjustment> ::= <no-adjustment> | <static-adjustment> |
3362// <virtual-adjustment>
3363// <no-adjustment> ::= A # private near
3364// ::= B # private far
3365// ::= I # protected near
3366// ::= J # protected far
3367// ::= Q # public near
3368// ::= R # public far
3369// <static-adjustment> ::= G <static-offset> # private near
3370// ::= H <static-offset> # private far
3371// ::= O <static-offset> # protected near
3372// ::= P <static-offset> # protected far
3373// ::= W <static-offset> # public near
3374// ::= X <static-offset> # public far
3375// <virtual-adjustment> ::= $0 <virtual-shift> <static-offset> # private near
3376// ::= $1 <virtual-shift> <static-offset> # private far
3377// ::= $2 <virtual-shift> <static-offset> # protected near
3378// ::= $3 <virtual-shift> <static-offset> # protected far
3379// ::= $4 <virtual-shift> <static-offset> # public near
3380// ::= $5 <virtual-shift> <static-offset> # public far
3381// <virtual-shift> ::= <vtordisp-shift> | <vtordispex-shift>
3382// <vtordisp-shift> ::= <offset-to-vtordisp>
3383// <vtordispex-shift> ::= <offset-to-vbptr> <vbase-offset-offset>
3384// <offset-to-vtordisp>
3385static void mangleThunkThisAdjustment(AccessSpecifier AS,
3386 const ThisAdjustment &Adjustment,
3387 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler &Mangler,
3388 raw_ostream &Out) {
3389 if (!Adjustment.Virtual.isEmpty()) {
3390 Out << '$';
3391 char AccessSpec;
3392 switch (AS) {
3393 case AS_none:
3394 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported access specifier")__builtin_unreachable();
3395 case AS_private:
3396 AccessSpec = '0';
3397 break;
3398 case AS_protected:
3399 AccessSpec = '2';
3400 break;
3401 case AS_public:
3402 AccessSpec = '4';
3403 }
3404 if (Adjustment.Virtual.Microsoft.VBPtrOffset) {
3405 Out << 'R' << AccessSpec;
3406 Mangler.mangleNumber(
3407 static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.Virtual.Microsoft.VBPtrOffset));
3408 Mangler.mangleNumber(
3409 static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.Virtual.Microsoft.VBOffsetOffset));
3410 Mangler.mangleNumber(
3411 static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.Virtual.Microsoft.VtordispOffset));
3412 Mangler.mangleNumber(static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.NonVirtual));
3413 } else {
3414 Out << AccessSpec;
3415 Mangler.mangleNumber(
3416 static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.Virtual.Microsoft.VtordispOffset));
3417 Mangler.mangleNumber(-static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.NonVirtual));
3418 }
3419 } else if (Adjustment.NonVirtual != 0) {
3420 switch (AS) {
3421 case AS_none:
3422 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported access specifier")__builtin_unreachable();
3423 case AS_private:
3424 Out << 'G';
3425 break;
3426 case AS_protected:
3427 Out << 'O';
3428 break;
3429 case AS_public:
3430 Out << 'W';
3431 }
3432 Mangler.mangleNumber(-static_cast<uint32_t>(Adjustment.NonVirtual));
3433 } else {
3434 switch (AS) {
3435 case AS_none:
3436 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported access specifier")__builtin_unreachable();
3437 case AS_private:
3438 Out << 'A';
3439 break;
3440 case AS_protected:
3441 Out << 'I';
3442 break;
3443 case AS_public:
3444 Out << 'Q';
3445 }
3446 }
3447}
3448
3449void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleVirtualMemPtrThunk(
3450 const CXXMethodDecl *MD, const MethodVFTableLocation &ML,
3451 raw_ostream &Out) {
3452 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3453 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3454 Mangler.getStream() << '?';
3455 Mangler.mangleVirtualMemPtrThunk(MD, ML);
3456}
3457
3458void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleThunk(const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
3459 const ThunkInfo &Thunk,
3460 raw_ostream &Out) {
3461 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3462 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3463 Mangler.getStream() << '?';
3464 Mangler.mangleName(MD);
3465
3466 // Usually the thunk uses the access specifier of the new method, but if this
3467 // is a covariant return thunk, then MSVC always uses the public access
3468 // specifier, and we do the same.
3469 AccessSpecifier AS = Thunk.Return.isEmpty() ? MD->getAccess() : AS_public;
3470 mangleThunkThisAdjustment(AS, Thunk.This, Mangler, MHO);
3471
3472 if (!Thunk.Return.isEmpty())
3473 assert(Thunk.Method != nullptr &&((void)0)
3474 "Thunk info should hold the overridee decl")((void)0);
3475
3476 const CXXMethodDecl *DeclForFPT = Thunk.Method ? Thunk.Method : MD;
3477 Mangler.mangleFunctionType(
3478 DeclForFPT->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(), MD);
3479}
3480
3481void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXDtorThunk(
3482 const CXXDestructorDecl *DD, CXXDtorType Type,
3483 const ThisAdjustment &Adjustment, raw_ostream &Out) {
3484 // FIXME: Actually, the dtor thunk should be emitted for vector deleting
3485 // dtors rather than scalar deleting dtors. Just use the vector deleting dtor
3486 // mangling manually until we support both deleting dtor types.
3487 assert(Type == Dtor_Deleting)((void)0);
3488 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3489 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO, DD, Type);
3490 Mangler.getStream() << "??_E";
3491 Mangler.mangleName(DD->getParent());
3492 mangleThunkThisAdjustment(DD->getAccess(), Adjustment, Mangler, MHO);
3493 Mangler.mangleFunctionType(DD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(), DD);
1
The object is a 'FunctionProtoType'
2
Calling 'MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::mangleFunctionType'
3494}
3495
3496void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXVFTable(
3497 const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
3498 raw_ostream &Out) {
3499 // <mangled-name> ::= ?_7 <class-name> <storage-class>
3500 // <cvr-qualifiers> [<name>] @
3501 // NOTE: <cvr-qualifiers> here is always 'B' (const). <storage-class>
3502 // is always '6' for vftables.
3503 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3504 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3505 if (Derived->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>())
3506 Mangler.getStream() << "??_S";
3507 else
3508 Mangler.getStream() << "??_7";
3509 Mangler.mangleName(Derived);
3510 Mangler.getStream() << "6B"; // '6' for vftable, 'B' for const.
3511 for (const CXXRecordDecl *RD : BasePath)
3512 Mangler.mangleName(RD);
3513 Mangler.getStream() << '@';
3514}
3515
3516void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXVBTable(
3517 const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
3518 raw_ostream &Out) {
3519 // <mangled-name> ::= ?_8 <class-name> <storage-class>
3520 // <cvr-qualifiers> [<name>] @
3521 // NOTE: <cvr-qualifiers> here is always 'B' (const). <storage-class>
3522 // is always '7' for vbtables.
3523 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3524 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3525 Mangler.getStream() << "??_8";
3526 Mangler.mangleName(Derived);
3527 Mangler.getStream() << "7B"; // '7' for vbtable, 'B' for const.
3528 for (const CXXRecordDecl *RD : BasePath)
3529 Mangler.mangleName(RD);
3530 Mangler.getStream() << '@';
3531}
3532
3533void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXRTTI(QualType T, raw_ostream &Out) {
3534 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3535 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3536 Mangler.getStream() << "??_R0";
3537 Mangler.mangleType(T, SourceRange(), MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::QMM_Result);
3538 Mangler.getStream() << "@8";
3539}
3540
3541void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXRTTIName(QualType T,
3542 raw_ostream &Out) {
3543 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, Out);
3544 Mangler.getStream() << '.';
3545 Mangler.mangleType(T, SourceRange(), MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::QMM_Result);
3546}
3547
3548void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXVirtualDisplacementMap(
3549 const CXXRecordDecl *SrcRD, const CXXRecordDecl *DstRD, raw_ostream &Out) {
3550 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3551 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3552 Mangler.getStream() << "??_K";
3553 Mangler.mangleName(SrcRD);
3554 Mangler.getStream() << "$C";
3555 Mangler.mangleName(DstRD);
3556}
3557
3558void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXThrowInfo(QualType T, bool IsConst,
3559 bool IsVolatile,
3560 bool IsUnaligned,
3561 uint32_t NumEntries,
3562 raw_ostream &Out) {
3563 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3564 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3565 Mangler.getStream() << "_TI";
3566 if (IsConst)
3567 Mangler.getStream() << 'C';
3568 if (IsVolatile)
3569 Mangler.getStream() << 'V';
3570 if (IsUnaligned)
3571 Mangler.getStream() << 'U';
3572 Mangler.getStream() << NumEntries;
3573 Mangler.mangleType(T, SourceRange(), MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::QMM_Result);
3574}
3575
3576void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXCatchableTypeArray(
3577 QualType T, uint32_t NumEntries, raw_ostream &Out) {
3578 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3579 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3580 Mangler.getStream() << "_CTA";
3581 Mangler.getStream() << NumEntries;
3582 Mangler.mangleType(T, SourceRange(), MicrosoftCXXNameMangler::QMM_Result);
3583}
3584
3585void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXCatchableType(
3586 QualType T, const CXXConstructorDecl *CD, CXXCtorType CT, uint32_t Size,
3587 uint32_t NVOffset, int32_t VBPtrOffset, uint32_t VBIndex,
3588 raw_ostream &Out) {
3589 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, Out);
3590 Mangler.getStream() << "_CT";
3591
3592 llvm::SmallString<64> RTTIMangling;
3593 {
3594 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(RTTIMangling);
3595 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Stream);
3596 mangleCXXRTTI(T, MHO);
3597 }
3598 Mangler.getStream() << RTTIMangling;
3599
3600 // VS2015 and VS2017.1 omit the copy-constructor in the mangled name but
3601 // both older and newer versions include it.
3602 // FIXME: It is known that the Ctor is present in 2013, and in 2017.7
3603 // (_MSC_VER 1914) and newer, and that it's omitted in 2015 and 2017.4
3604 // (_MSC_VER 1911), but it's unknown when exactly it reappeared (1914?
3605 // Or 1912, 1913 aleady?).
3606 bool OmitCopyCtor = getASTContext().getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(
3607 LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
3608 !getASTContext().getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(
3609 LangOptions::MSVC2017_7);
3610 llvm::SmallString<64> CopyCtorMangling;
3611 if (!OmitCopyCtor && CD) {
3612 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(CopyCtorMangling);
3613 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Stream);
3614 mangleCXXName(GlobalDecl(CD, CT), MHO);
3615 }
3616 Mangler.getStream() << CopyCtorMangling;
3617
3618 Mangler.getStream() << Size;
3619 if (VBPtrOffset == -1) {
3620 if (NVOffset) {
3621 Mangler.getStream() << NVOffset;
3622 }
3623 } else {
3624 Mangler.getStream() << NVOffset;
3625 Mangler.getStream() << VBPtrOffset;
3626 Mangler.getStream() << VBIndex;
3627 }
3628}
3629
3630void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXRTTIBaseClassDescriptor(
3631 const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, uint32_t NVOffset, int32_t VBPtrOffset,
3632 uint32_t VBTableOffset, uint32_t Flags, raw_ostream &Out) {
3633 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3634 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3635 Mangler.getStream() << "??_R1";
3636 Mangler.mangleNumber(NVOffset);
3637 Mangler.mangleNumber(VBPtrOffset);
3638 Mangler.mangleNumber(VBTableOffset);
3639 Mangler.mangleNumber(Flags);
3640 Mangler.mangleName(Derived);
3641 Mangler.getStream() << "8";
3642}
3643
3644void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXRTTIBaseClassArray(
3645 const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, raw_ostream &Out) {
3646 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3647 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3648 Mangler.getStream() << "??_R2";
3649 Mangler.mangleName(Derived);
3650 Mangler.getStream() << "8";
3651}
3652
3653void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXRTTIClassHierarchyDescriptor(
3654 const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, raw_ostream &Out) {
3655 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3656 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3657 Mangler.getStream() << "??_R3";
3658 Mangler.mangleName(Derived);
3659 Mangler.getStream() << "8";
3660}
3661
3662void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleCXXRTTICompleteObjectLocator(
3663 const CXXRecordDecl *Derived, ArrayRef<const CXXRecordDecl *> BasePath,
3664 raw_ostream &Out) {
3665 // <mangled-name> ::= ?_R4 <class-name> <storage-class>
3666 // <cvr-qualifiers> [<name>] @
3667 // NOTE: <cvr-qualifiers> here is always 'B' (const). <storage-class>
3668 // is always '6' for vftables.
3669 llvm::SmallString<64> VFTableMangling;
3670 llvm::raw_svector_ostream Stream(VFTableMangling);
3671 mangleCXXVFTable(Derived, BasePath, Stream);
3672
3673 if (VFTableMangling.startswith("??@")) {
3674 assert(VFTableMangling.endswith("@"))((void)0);
3675 Out << VFTableMangling << "??_R4@";
3676 return;
3677 }
3678
3679 assert(VFTableMangling.startswith("??_7") ||((void)0)
3680 VFTableMangling.startswith("??_S"))((void)0);
3681
3682 Out << "??_R4" << VFTableMangling.str().drop_front(4);
3683}
3684
3685void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleSEHFilterExpression(
3686 const NamedDecl *EnclosingDecl, raw_ostream &Out) {
3687 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3688 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3689 // The function body is in the same comdat as the function with the handler,
3690 // so the numbering here doesn't have to be the same across TUs.
3691 //
3692 // <mangled-name> ::= ?filt$ <filter-number> @0
3693 Mangler.getStream() << "?filt$" << SEHFilterIds[EnclosingDecl]++ << "@0@";
3694 Mangler.mangleName(EnclosingDecl);
3695}
3696
3697void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleSEHFinallyBlock(
3698 const NamedDecl *EnclosingDecl, raw_ostream &Out) {
3699 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3700 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3701 // The function body is in the same comdat as the function with the handler,
3702 // so the numbering here doesn't have to be the same across TUs.
3703 //
3704 // <mangled-name> ::= ?fin$ <filter-number> @0
3705 Mangler.getStream() << "?fin$" << SEHFinallyIds[EnclosingDecl]++ << "@0@";
3706 Mangler.mangleName(EnclosingDecl);
3707}
3708
3709void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleTypeName(QualType T, raw_ostream &Out) {
3710 // This is just a made up unique string for the purposes of tbaa. undname
3711 // does *not* know how to demangle it.
3712 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, Out);
3713 Mangler.getStream() << '?';
3714 Mangler.mangleType(T, SourceRange());
3715}
3716
3717void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleReferenceTemporary(
3718 const VarDecl *VD, unsigned ManglingNumber, raw_ostream &Out) {
3719 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3720 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3721
3722 Mangler.getStream() << "?$RT" << ManglingNumber << '@';
3723 Mangler.mangle(VD, "");
3724}
3725
3726void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleThreadSafeStaticGuardVariable(
3727 const VarDecl *VD, unsigned GuardNum, raw_ostream &Out) {
3728 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3729 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3730
3731 Mangler.getStream() << "?$TSS" << GuardNum << '@';
3732 Mangler.mangleNestedName(VD);
3733 Mangler.getStream() << "@4HA";
3734}
3735
3736void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleStaticGuardVariable(const VarDecl *VD,
3737 raw_ostream &Out) {
3738 // <guard-name> ::= ?_B <postfix> @5 <scope-depth>
3739 // ::= ?__J <postfix> @5 <scope-depth>
3740 // ::= ?$S <guard-num> @ <postfix> @4IA
3741
3742 // The first mangling is what MSVC uses to guard static locals in inline
3743 // functions. It uses a different mangling in external functions to support
3744 // guarding more than 32 variables. MSVC rejects inline functions with more
3745 // than 32 static locals. We don't fully implement the second mangling
3746 // because those guards are not externally visible, and instead use LLVM's
3747 // default renaming when creating a new guard variable.
3748 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3749 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3750
3751 bool Visible = VD->isExternallyVisible();
3752 if (Visible) {
3753 Mangler.getStream() << (VD->getTLSKind() ? "??__J" : "??_B");
3754 } else {
3755 Mangler.getStream() << "?$S1@";
3756 }
3757 unsigned ScopeDepth = 0;
3758 if (Visible && !getNextDiscriminator(VD, ScopeDepth))
3759 // If we do not have a discriminator and are emitting a guard variable for
3760 // use at global scope, then mangling the nested name will not be enough to
3761 // remove ambiguities.
3762 Mangler.mangle(VD, "");
3763 else
3764 Mangler.mangleNestedName(VD);
3765 Mangler.getStream() << (Visible ? "@5" : "@4IA");
3766 if (ScopeDepth)
3767 Mangler.mangleNumber(ScopeDepth);
3768}
3769
3770void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleInitFiniStub(const VarDecl *D,
3771 char CharCode,
3772 raw_ostream &Out) {
3773 msvc_hashing_ostream MHO(Out);
3774 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, MHO);
3775 Mangler.getStream() << "??__" << CharCode;
3776 if (D->isStaticDataMember()) {
3777 Mangler.getStream() << '?';
3778 Mangler.mangleName(D);
3779 Mangler.mangleVariableEncoding(D);
3780 Mangler.getStream() << "@@";
3781 } else {
3782 Mangler.mangleName(D);
3783 }
3784 // This is the function class mangling. These stubs are global, non-variadic,
3785 // cdecl functions that return void and take no args.
3786 Mangler.getStream() << "YAXXZ";
3787}
3788
3789void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleDynamicInitializer(const VarDecl *D,
3790 raw_ostream &Out) {
3791 // <initializer-name> ::= ?__E <name> YAXXZ
3792 mangleInitFiniStub(D, 'E', Out);
3793}
3794
3795void
3796MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleDynamicAtExitDestructor(const VarDecl *D,
3797 raw_ostream &Out) {
3798 // <destructor-name> ::= ?__F <name> YAXXZ
3799 mangleInitFiniStub(D, 'F', Out);
3800}
3801
3802void MicrosoftMangleContextImpl::mangleStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *SL,
3803 raw_ostream &Out) {
3804 // <char-type> ::= 0 # char, char16_t, char32_t
3805 // # (little endian char data in mangling)
3806 // ::= 1 # wchar_t (big endian char data in mangling)
3807 //
3808 // <literal-length> ::= <non-negative integer> # the length of the literal
3809 //
3810 // <encoded-crc> ::= <hex digit>+ @ # crc of the literal including
3811 // # trailing null bytes
3812 //
3813 // <encoded-string> ::= <simple character> # uninteresting character
3814 // ::= '?$' <hex digit> <hex digit> # these two nibbles
3815 // # encode the byte for the
3816 // # character
3817 // ::= '?' [a-z] # \xe1 - \xfa
3818 // ::= '?' [A-Z] # \xc1 - \xda
3819 // ::= '?' [0-9] # [,/\:. \n\t'-]
3820 //
3821 // <literal> ::= '??_C@_' <char-type> <literal-length> <encoded-crc>
3822 // <encoded-string> '@'
3823 MicrosoftCXXNameMangler Mangler(*this, Out);
3824 Mangler.getStream() << "??_C@_";
3825
3826 // The actual string length might be different from that of the string literal
3827 // in cases like:
3828 // char foo[3] = "foobar";
3829 // char bar[42] = "foobar";
3830 // Where it is truncated or zero-padded to fit the array. This is the length
3831 // used for mangling, and any trailing null-bytes also need to be mangled.
3832 unsigned StringLength = getASTContext()
3833 .getAsConstantArrayType(SL->getType())
3834 ->getSize()
3835 .getZExtValue();
3836 unsigned StringByteLength = StringLength * SL->getCharByteWidth();
3837
3838 // <char-type>: The "kind" of string literal is encoded into the mangled name.
3839 if (SL->isWide())
3840 Mangler.getStream() << '1';
3841 else
3842 Mangler.getStream() << '0';
3843
3844 // <literal-length>: The next part of the mangled name consists of the length
3845 // of the string in bytes.
3846 Mangler.mangleNumber(StringByteLength);
3847
3848 auto GetLittleEndianByte = [&SL](unsigned Index) {
3849 unsigned CharByteWidth = SL->getCharByteWidth();
3850 if (Index / CharByteWidth >= SL->getLength())
3851 return static_cast<char>(0);
3852 uint32_t CodeUnit = SL->getCodeUnit(Index / CharByteWidth);
3853 unsigned OffsetInCodeUnit = Index % CharByteWidth;
3854 return static_cast<char>((CodeUnit >> (8 * OffsetInCodeUnit)) & 0xff);
3855 };
3856
3857 auto GetBigEndianByte = [&SL](unsigned Index) {
3858 unsigned CharByteWidth = SL->getCharByteWidth();
3859 if (Index / CharByteWidth >= SL->getLength())
3860 return static_cast<char>(0);
3861 uint32_t CodeUnit = SL->getCodeUnit(Index / CharByteWidth);
3862 unsigned OffsetInCodeUnit = (CharByteWidth - 1) - (Index % CharByteWidth);
3863 return static_cast<char>((CodeUnit >> (8 * OffsetInCodeUnit)) & 0xff);
3864 };
3865
3866 // CRC all the bytes of the StringLiteral.
3867 llvm::JamCRC JC;
3868 for (unsigned I = 0, E = StringByteLength; I != E; ++I)
3869 JC.update(GetLittleEndianByte(I));
3870
3871 // <encoded-crc>: The CRC is encoded utilizing the standard number mangling
3872 // scheme.
3873 Mangler.mangleNumber(JC.getCRC());
3874
3875 // <encoded-string>: The mangled name also contains the first 32 bytes
3876 // (including null-terminator bytes) of the encoded StringLiteral.
3877 // Each character is encoded by splitting them into bytes and then encoding
3878 // the constituent bytes.
3879 auto MangleByte = [&Mangler](char Byte) {
3880 // There are five different manglings for characters:
3881 // - [a-zA-Z0-9_$]: A one-to-one mapping.
3882 // - ?[a-z]: The range from \xe1 to \xfa.
3883 // - ?[A-Z]: The range from \xc1 to \xda.
3884 // - ?[0-9]: The set of [,/\:. \n\t'-].
3885 // - ?$XX: A fallback which maps nibbles.
3886 if (isIdentifierBody(Byte, /*AllowDollar=*/true)) {
3887 Mangler.getStream() << Byte;
3888 } else if (isLetter(Byte & 0x7f)) {
3889 Mangler.getStream() << '?' << static_cast<char>(Byte & 0x7f);
3890 } else {
3891 const char SpecialChars[] = {',', '/', '\\', ':', '.',
3892 ' ', '\n', '\t', '\'', '-'};
3893 const char *Pos = llvm::find(SpecialChars, Byte);
3894 if (Pos != std::end(SpecialChars)) {
3895 Mangler.getStream() << '?' << (Pos - std::begin(SpecialChars));
3896 } else {
3897 Mangler.getStream() << "?$";
3898 Mangler.getStream() << static_cast<char>('A' + ((Byte >> 4) & 0xf));
3899 Mangler.getStream() << static_cast<char>('A' + (Byte & 0xf));
3900 }
3901 }
3902 };
3903
3904 // Enforce our 32 bytes max, except wchar_t which gets 32 chars instead.
3905 unsigned MaxBytesToMangle = SL->isWide() ? 64U : 32U;
3906 unsigned NumBytesToMangle = std::min(MaxBytesToMangle, StringByteLength);
3907 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumBytesToMangle; ++I) {
3908 if (SL->isWide())
3909 MangleByte(GetBigEndianByte(I));
3910 else
3911 MangleByte(GetLittleEndianByte(I));
3912 }
3913
3914 Mangler.getStream() << '@';
3915}
3916
3917MicrosoftMangleContext *
3918MicrosoftMangleContext::create(ASTContext &Context, DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) {
3919 return new MicrosoftMangleContextImpl(Context, Diags);
3920}

/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/libclangAST/../../../llvm/clang/include/clang/AST/DeclCXX.h

1//===- DeclCXX.h - Classes for representing C++ declarations --*- C++ -*-=====//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8//
9/// \file
10/// Defines the C++ Decl subclasses, other than those for templates
11/// (found in DeclTemplate.h) and friends (in DeclFriend.h).
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/ASTUnresolvedSet.h"
19#include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
20#include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
21#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
22#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
23#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
24#include "clang/AST/LambdaCapture.h"
25#include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h"
26#include "clang/AST/Redeclarable.h"
27#include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
28#include "clang/AST/Type.h"
29#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
30#include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
32#include "clang/Basic/Lambda.h"
33#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
34#include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
35#include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
36#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
37#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
38#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
39#include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h"
40#include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h"
41#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
42#include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
44#include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
45#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
46#include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h"
47#include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h"
48#include <cassert>
49#include <cstddef>
50#include <iterator>
51#include <memory>
52#include <vector>
53
54namespace clang {
55
56class ASTContext;
57class ClassTemplateDecl;
58class ConstructorUsingShadowDecl;
59class CXXBasePath;
60class CXXBasePaths;
61class CXXConstructorDecl;
62class CXXDestructorDecl;
63class CXXFinalOverriderMap;
64class CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet;
65class CXXMethodDecl;
66class DecompositionDecl;
67class DiagnosticBuilder;
68class FriendDecl;
69class FunctionTemplateDecl;
70class IdentifierInfo;
71class MemberSpecializationInfo;
72class BaseUsingDecl;
73class TemplateDecl;
74class TemplateParameterList;
75class UsingDecl;
76
77/// Represents an access specifier followed by colon ':'.
78///
79/// An objects of this class represents sugar for the syntactic occurrence
80/// of an access specifier followed by a colon in the list of member
81/// specifiers of a C++ class definition.
82///
83/// Note that they do not represent other uses of access specifiers,
84/// such as those occurring in a list of base specifiers.
85/// Also note that this class has nothing to do with so-called
86/// "access declarations" (C++98 11.3 [class.access.dcl]).
87class AccessSpecDecl : public Decl {
88 /// The location of the ':'.
89 SourceLocation ColonLoc;
90
91 AccessSpecDecl(AccessSpecifier AS, DeclContext *DC,
92 SourceLocation ASLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc)
93 : Decl(AccessSpec, DC, ASLoc), ColonLoc(ColonLoc) {
94 setAccess(AS);
95 }
96
97 AccessSpecDecl(EmptyShell Empty) : Decl(AccessSpec, Empty) {}
98
99 virtual void anchor();
100
101public:
102 /// The location of the access specifier.
103 SourceLocation getAccessSpecifierLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
104
105 /// Sets the location of the access specifier.
106 void setAccessSpecifierLoc(SourceLocation ASLoc) { setLocation(ASLoc); }
107
108 /// The location of the colon following the access specifier.
109 SourceLocation getColonLoc() const { return ColonLoc; }
110
111 /// Sets the location of the colon.
112 void setColonLoc(SourceLocation CLoc) { ColonLoc = CLoc; }
113
114 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
115 return SourceRange(getAccessSpecifierLoc(), getColonLoc());
116 }
117
118 static AccessSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, AccessSpecifier AS,
119 DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ASLoc,
120 SourceLocation ColonLoc) {
121 return new (C, DC) AccessSpecDecl(AS, DC, ASLoc, ColonLoc);
122 }
123
124 static AccessSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
125
126 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
127 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
128 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == AccessSpec; }
129};
130
131/// Represents a base class of a C++ class.
132///
133/// Each CXXBaseSpecifier represents a single, direct base class (or
134/// struct) of a C++ class (or struct). It specifies the type of that
135/// base class, whether it is a virtual or non-virtual base, and what
136/// level of access (public, protected, private) is used for the
137/// derivation. For example:
138///
139/// \code
140/// class A { };
141/// class B { };
142/// class C : public virtual A, protected B { };
143/// \endcode
144///
145/// In this code, C will have two CXXBaseSpecifiers, one for "public
146/// virtual A" and the other for "protected B".
147class CXXBaseSpecifier {
148 /// The source code range that covers the full base
149 /// specifier, including the "virtual" (if present) and access
150 /// specifier (if present).
151 SourceRange Range;
152
153 /// The source location of the ellipsis, if this is a pack
154 /// expansion.
155 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
156
157 /// Whether this is a virtual base class or not.
158 unsigned Virtual : 1;
159
160 /// Whether this is the base of a class (true) or of a struct (false).
161 ///
162 /// This determines the mapping from the access specifier as written in the
163 /// source code to the access specifier used for semantic analysis.
164 unsigned BaseOfClass : 1;
165
166 /// Access specifier as written in the source code (may be AS_none).
167 ///
168 /// The actual type of data stored here is an AccessSpecifier, but we use
169 /// "unsigned" here to work around a VC++ bug.
170 unsigned Access : 2;
171
172 /// Whether the class contains a using declaration
173 /// to inherit the named class's constructors.
174 unsigned InheritConstructors : 1;
175
176 /// The type of the base class.
177 ///
178 /// This will be a class or struct (or a typedef of such). The source code
179 /// range does not include the \c virtual or the access specifier.
180 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTypeInfo;
181
182public:
183 CXXBaseSpecifier() = default;
184 CXXBaseSpecifier(SourceRange R, bool V, bool BC, AccessSpecifier A,
185 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc)
186 : Range(R), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc), Virtual(V), BaseOfClass(BC),
187 Access(A), InheritConstructors(false), BaseTypeInfo(TInfo) {}
188
189 /// Retrieves the source range that contains the entire base specifier.
190 SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range; }
191 SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getBegin(); }
192 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) { return Range.getEnd(); }
193
194 /// Get the location at which the base class type was written.
195 SourceLocation getBaseTypeLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
196 return BaseTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
197 }
198
199 /// Determines whether the base class is a virtual base class (or not).
200 bool isVirtual() const { return Virtual; }
201
202 /// Determine whether this base class is a base of a class declared
203 /// with the 'class' keyword (vs. one declared with the 'struct' keyword).
204 bool isBaseOfClass() const { return BaseOfClass; }
205
206 /// Determine whether this base specifier is a pack expansion.
207 bool isPackExpansion() const { return EllipsisLoc.isValid(); }
208
209 /// Determine whether this base class's constructors get inherited.
210 bool getInheritConstructors() const { return InheritConstructors; }
211
212 /// Set that this base class's constructors should be inherited.
213 void setInheritConstructors(bool Inherit = true) {
214 InheritConstructors = Inherit;
215 }
216
217 /// For a pack expansion, determine the location of the ellipsis.
218 SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
219 return EllipsisLoc;
220 }
221
222 /// Returns the access specifier for this base specifier.
223 ///
224 /// This is the actual base specifier as used for semantic analysis, so
225 /// the result can never be AS_none. To retrieve the access specifier as
226 /// written in the source code, use getAccessSpecifierAsWritten().
227 AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifier() const {
228 if ((AccessSpecifier)Access == AS_none)
229 return BaseOfClass? AS_private : AS_public;
230 else
231 return (AccessSpecifier)Access;
232 }
233
234 /// Retrieves the access specifier as written in the source code
235 /// (which may mean that no access specifier was explicitly written).
236 ///
237 /// Use getAccessSpecifier() to retrieve the access specifier for use in
238 /// semantic analysis.
239 AccessSpecifier getAccessSpecifierAsWritten() const {
240 return (AccessSpecifier)Access;
241 }
242
243 /// Retrieves the type of the base class.
244 ///
245 /// This type will always be an unqualified class type.
246 QualType getType() const {
247 return BaseTypeInfo->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
248 }
249
250 /// Retrieves the type and source location of the base class.
251 TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const { return BaseTypeInfo; }
252};
253
254/// Represents a C++ struct/union/class.
255class CXXRecordDecl : public RecordDecl {
256 friend class ASTDeclReader;
257 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
258 friend class ASTNodeImporter;
259 friend class ASTReader;
260 friend class ASTRecordWriter;
261 friend class ASTWriter;
262 friend class DeclContext;
263 friend class LambdaExpr;
264
265 friend void FunctionDecl::setPure(bool);
266 friend void TagDecl::startDefinition();
267
268 /// Values used in DefinitionData fields to represent special members.
269 enum SpecialMemberFlags {
270 SMF_DefaultConstructor = 0x1,
271 SMF_CopyConstructor = 0x2,
272 SMF_MoveConstructor = 0x4,
273 SMF_CopyAssignment = 0x8,
274 SMF_MoveAssignment = 0x10,
275 SMF_Destructor = 0x20,
276 SMF_All = 0x3f
277 };
278
279 struct DefinitionData {
280 #define FIELD(Name, Width, Merge) \
281 unsigned Name : Width;
282 #include "CXXRecordDeclDefinitionBits.def"
283
284 /// Whether this class describes a C++ lambda.
285 unsigned IsLambda : 1;
286
287 /// Whether we are currently parsing base specifiers.
288 unsigned IsParsingBaseSpecifiers : 1;
289
290 /// True when visible conversion functions are already computed
291 /// and are available.
292 unsigned ComputedVisibleConversions : 1;
293
294 unsigned HasODRHash : 1;
295
296 /// A hash of parts of the class to help in ODR checking.
297 unsigned ODRHash = 0;
298
299 /// The number of base class specifiers in Bases.
300 unsigned NumBases = 0;
301
302 /// The number of virtual base class specifiers in VBases.
303 unsigned NumVBases = 0;
304
305 /// Base classes of this class.
306 ///
307 /// FIXME: This is wasted space for a union.
308 LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr Bases;
309
310 /// direct and indirect virtual base classes of this class.
311 LazyCXXBaseSpecifiersPtr VBases;
312
313 /// The conversion functions of this C++ class (but not its
314 /// inherited conversion functions).
315 ///
316 /// Each of the entries in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl.
317 LazyASTUnresolvedSet Conversions;
318
319 /// The conversion functions of this C++ class and all those
320 /// inherited conversion functions that are visible in this class.
321 ///
322 /// Each of the entries in this overload set is a CXXConversionDecl or a
323 /// FunctionTemplateDecl.
324 LazyASTUnresolvedSet VisibleConversions;
325
326 /// The declaration which defines this record.
327 CXXRecordDecl *Definition;
328
329 /// The first friend declaration in this class, or null if there
330 /// aren't any.
331 ///
332 /// This is actually currently stored in reverse order.
333 LazyDeclPtr FirstFriend;
334
335 DefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D);
336
337 /// Retrieve the set of direct base classes.
338 CXXBaseSpecifier *getBases() const {
339 if (!Bases.isOffset())
340 return Bases.get(nullptr);
341 return getBasesSlowCase();
342 }
343
344 /// Retrieve the set of virtual base classes.
345 CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBases() const {
346 if (!VBases.isOffset())
347 return VBases.get(nullptr);
348 return getVBasesSlowCase();
349 }
350
351 ArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier> bases() const {
352 return llvm::makeArrayRef(getBases(), NumBases);
353 }
354
355 ArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier> vbases() const {
356 return llvm::makeArrayRef(getVBases(), NumVBases);
357 }
358
359 private:
360 CXXBaseSpecifier *getBasesSlowCase() const;
361 CXXBaseSpecifier *getVBasesSlowCase() const;
362 };
363
364 struct DefinitionData *DefinitionData;
365
366 /// Describes a C++ closure type (generated by a lambda expression).
367 struct LambdaDefinitionData : public DefinitionData {
368 using Capture = LambdaCapture;
369
370 /// Whether this lambda is known to be dependent, even if its
371 /// context isn't dependent.
372 ///
373 /// A lambda with a non-dependent context can be dependent if it occurs
374 /// within the default argument of a function template, because the
375 /// lambda will have been created with the enclosing context as its
376 /// declaration context, rather than function. This is an unfortunate
377 /// artifact of having to parse the default arguments before.
378 unsigned Dependent : 1;
379
380 /// Whether this lambda is a generic lambda.
381 unsigned IsGenericLambda : 1;
382
383 /// The Default Capture.
384 unsigned CaptureDefault : 2;
385
386 /// The number of captures in this lambda is limited 2^NumCaptures.
387 unsigned NumCaptures : 15;
388
389 /// The number of explicit captures in this lambda.
390 unsigned NumExplicitCaptures : 13;
391
392 /// Has known `internal` linkage.
393 unsigned HasKnownInternalLinkage : 1;
394
395 /// The number used to indicate this lambda expression for name
396 /// mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI.
397 unsigned ManglingNumber : 31;
398
399 /// The declaration that provides context for this lambda, if the
400 /// actual DeclContext does not suffice. This is used for lambdas that
401 /// occur within default arguments of function parameters within the class
402 /// or within a data member initializer.
403 LazyDeclPtr ContextDecl;
404
405 /// The list of captures, both explicit and implicit, for this
406 /// lambda.
407 Capture *Captures = nullptr;
408
409 /// The type of the call method.
410 TypeSourceInfo *MethodTyInfo;
411
412 LambdaDefinitionData(CXXRecordDecl *D, TypeSourceInfo *Info, bool Dependent,
413 bool IsGeneric, LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault)
414 : DefinitionData(D), Dependent(Dependent), IsGenericLambda(IsGeneric),
415 CaptureDefault(CaptureDefault), NumCaptures(0),
416 NumExplicitCaptures(0), HasKnownInternalLinkage(0), ManglingNumber(0),
417 MethodTyInfo(Info) {
418 IsLambda = true;
419
420 // C++1z [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
421 // This class type is not an aggregate type.
422 Aggregate = false;
423 PlainOldData = false;
424 }
425 };
426
427 struct DefinitionData *dataPtr() const {
428 // Complete the redecl chain (if necessary).
429 getMostRecentDecl();
430 return DefinitionData;
431 }
432
433 struct DefinitionData &data() const {
434 auto *DD = dataPtr();
435 assert(DD && "queried property of class with no definition")((void)0);
436 return *DD;
437 }
438
439 struct LambdaDefinitionData &getLambdaData() const {
440 // No update required: a merged definition cannot change any lambda
441 // properties.
442 auto *DD = DefinitionData;
443 assert(DD && DD->IsLambda && "queried lambda property of non-lambda class")((void)0);
444 return static_cast<LambdaDefinitionData&>(*DD);
445 }
446
447 /// The template or declaration that this declaration
448 /// describes or was instantiated from, respectively.
449 ///
450 /// For non-templates, this value will be null. For record
451 /// declarations that describe a class template, this will be a
452 /// pointer to a ClassTemplateDecl. For member
453 /// classes of class template specializations, this will be the
454 /// MemberSpecializationInfo referring to the member class that was
455 /// instantiated or specialized.
456 llvm::PointerUnion<ClassTemplateDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>
457 TemplateOrInstantiation;
458
459 /// Called from setBases and addedMember to notify the class that a
460 /// direct or virtual base class or a member of class type has been added.
461 void addedClassSubobject(CXXRecordDecl *Base);
462
463 /// Notify the class that member has been added.
464 ///
465 /// This routine helps maintain information about the class based on which
466 /// members have been added. It will be invoked by DeclContext::addDecl()
467 /// whenever a member is added to this record.
468 void addedMember(Decl *D);
469
470 void markedVirtualFunctionPure();
471
472 /// Get the head of our list of friend declarations, possibly
473 /// deserializing the friends from an external AST source.
474 FriendDecl *getFirstFriend() const;
475
476 /// Determine whether this class has an empty base class subobject of type X
477 /// or of one of the types that might be at offset 0 within X (per the C++
478 /// "standard layout" rules).
479 bool hasSubobjectAtOffsetZeroOfEmptyBaseType(ASTContext &Ctx,
480 const CXXRecordDecl *X);
481
482protected:
483 CXXRecordDecl(Kind K, TagKind TK, const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
484 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
485 IdentifierInfo *Id, CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl);
486
487public:
488 /// Iterator that traverses the base classes of a class.
489 using base_class_iterator = CXXBaseSpecifier *;
490
491 /// Iterator that traverses the base classes of a class.
492 using base_class_const_iterator = const CXXBaseSpecifier *;
493
494 CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
495 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
496 }
497
498 const CXXRecordDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
499 return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
500 }
501
502 CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() {
503 return cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(
504 static_cast<RecordDecl *>(this)->getPreviousDecl());
505 }
506
507 const CXXRecordDecl *getPreviousDecl() const {
508 return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getPreviousDecl();
509 }
510
511 CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
512 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
513 static_cast<RecordDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl());
514 }
515
516 const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const {
517 return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl();
518 }
519
520 CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl() {
521 CXXRecordDecl *Recent =
522 static_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl();
523 while (Recent->isInjectedClassName()) {
524 // FIXME: Does injected class name need to be in the redeclarations chain?
525 assert(Recent->getPreviousDecl())((void)0);
526 Recent = Recent->getPreviousDecl();
527 }
528 return Recent;
529 }
530
531 const CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl() const {
532 return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentNonInjectedDecl();
533 }
534
535 CXXRecordDecl *getDefinition() const {
536 // We only need an update if we don't already know which
537 // declaration is the definition.
538 auto *DD = DefinitionData ? DefinitionData : dataPtr();
539 return DD ? DD->Definition : nullptr;
540 }
541
542 bool hasDefinition() const { return DefinitionData || dataPtr(); }
543
544 static CXXRecordDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
545 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation IdLoc,
546 IdentifierInfo *Id,
547 CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr,
548 bool DelayTypeCreation = false);
549 static CXXRecordDecl *CreateLambda(const ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
550 TypeSourceInfo *Info, SourceLocation Loc,
551 bool DependentLambda, bool IsGeneric,
552 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
553 static CXXRecordDecl *CreateDeserialized(const ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
554
555 bool isDynamicClass() const {
556 return data().Polymorphic || data().NumVBases != 0;
557 }
558
559 /// @returns true if class is dynamic or might be dynamic because the
560 /// definition is incomplete of dependent.
561 bool mayBeDynamicClass() const {
562 return !hasDefinition() || isDynamicClass() || hasAnyDependentBases();
563 }
564
565 /// @returns true if class is non dynamic or might be non dynamic because the
566 /// definition is incomplete of dependent.
567 bool mayBeNonDynamicClass() const {
568 return !hasDefinition() || !isDynamicClass() || hasAnyDependentBases();
569 }
570
571 void setIsParsingBaseSpecifiers() { data().IsParsingBaseSpecifiers = true; }
572
573 bool isParsingBaseSpecifiers() const {
574 return data().IsParsingBaseSpecifiers;
575 }
576
577 unsigned getODRHash() const;
578
579 /// Sets the base classes of this struct or class.
580 void setBases(CXXBaseSpecifier const * const *Bases, unsigned NumBases);
581
582 /// Retrieves the number of base classes of this class.
583 unsigned getNumBases() const { return data().NumBases; }
584
585 using base_class_range = llvm::iterator_range<base_class_iterator>;
586 using base_class_const_range =
587 llvm::iterator_range<base_class_const_iterator>;
588
589 base_class_range bases() {
590 return base_class_range(bases_begin(), bases_end());
591 }
592 base_class_const_range bases() const {
593 return base_class_const_range(bases_begin(), bases_end());
594 }
595
596 base_class_iterator bases_begin() { return data().getBases(); }
597 base_class_const_iterator bases_begin() const { return data().getBases(); }
598 base_class_iterator bases_end() { return bases_begin() + data().NumBases; }
599 base_class_const_iterator bases_end() const {
600 return bases_begin() + data().NumBases;
601 }
602
603 /// Retrieves the number of virtual base classes of this class.
604 unsigned getNumVBases() const { return data().NumVBases; }
605
606 base_class_range vbases() {
607 return base_class_range(vbases_begin(), vbases_end());
608 }
609 base_class_const_range vbases() const {
610 return base_class_const_range(vbases_begin(), vbases_end());
611 }
612
613 base_class_iterator vbases_begin() { return data().getVBases(); }
614 base_class_const_iterator vbases_begin() const { return data().getVBases(); }
615 base_class_iterator vbases_end() { return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases; }
616 base_class_const_iterator vbases_end() const {
617 return vbases_begin() + data().NumVBases;
618 }
619
620 /// Determine whether this class has any dependent base classes which
621 /// are not the current instantiation.
622 bool hasAnyDependentBases() const;
623
624 /// Iterator access to method members. The method iterator visits
625 /// all method members of the class, including non-instance methods,
626 /// special methods, etc.
627 using method_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl>;
628 using method_range =
629 llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<CXXMethodDecl>>;
630
631 method_range methods() const {
632 return method_range(method_begin(), method_end());
633 }
634
635 /// Method begin iterator. Iterates in the order the methods
636 /// were declared.
637 method_iterator method_begin() const {
638 return method_iterator(decls_begin());
639 }
640
641 /// Method past-the-end iterator.
642 method_iterator method_end() const {
643 return method_iterator(decls_end());
644 }
645
646 /// Iterator access to constructor members.
647 using ctor_iterator = specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl>;
648 using ctor_range =
649 llvm::iterator_range<specific_decl_iterator<CXXConstructorDecl>>;
650
651 ctor_range ctors() const { return ctor_range(ctor_begin(), ctor_end()); }
652
653 ctor_iterator ctor_begin() const {
654 return ctor_iterator(decls_begin());
655 }
656
657 ctor_iterator ctor_end() const {
658 return ctor_iterator(decls_end());
659 }
660
661 /// An iterator over friend declarations. All of these are defined
662 /// in DeclFriend.h.
663 class friend_iterator;
664 using friend_range = llvm::iterator_range<friend_iterator>;
665
666 friend_range friends() const;
667 friend_iterator friend_begin() const;
668 friend_iterator friend_end() const;
669 void pushFriendDecl(FriendDecl *FD);
670
671 /// Determines whether this record has any friends.
672 bool hasFriends() const {
673 return data().FirstFriend.isValid();
674 }
675
676 /// \c true if a defaulted copy constructor for this class would be
677 /// deleted.
678 bool defaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted() const {
679 assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() ||((void)0)
680 (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor)) &&((void)0)
681 "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")((void)0);
682 return data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted;
683 }
684
685 /// \c true if a defaulted move constructor for this class would be
686 /// deleted.
687 bool defaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted() const {
688 assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() ||((void)0)
689 (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor)) &&((void)0)
690 "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")((void)0);
691 return data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted;
692 }
693
694 /// \c true if a defaulted destructor for this class would be deleted.
695 bool defaultedDestructorIsDeleted() const {
696 assert((!needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() ||((void)0)
697 (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor)) &&((void)0)
698 "this property has not yet been computed by Sema")((void)0);
699 return data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted;
700 }
701
702 /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single,
703 /// accessible, unambiguous copy constructor that is not deleted.
704 bool hasSimpleCopyConstructor() const {
705 return !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() &&
706 !data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted;
707 }
708
709 /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single,
710 /// accessible, unambiguous move constructor that is not deleted.
711 bool hasSimpleMoveConstructor() const {
712 return !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() && hasMoveConstructor() &&
713 !data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted;
714 }
715
716 /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single,
717 /// accessible, unambiguous copy assignment operator that is not deleted.
718 bool hasSimpleCopyAssignment() const {
719 return !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() &&
720 !data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted;
721 }
722
723 /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has a single,
724 /// accessible, unambiguous move assignment operator that is not deleted.
725 bool hasSimpleMoveAssignment() const {
726 return !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() && hasMoveAssignment() &&
727 !data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted;
728 }
729
730 /// \c true if we know for sure that this class has an accessible
731 /// destructor that is not deleted.
732 bool hasSimpleDestructor() const {
733 return !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() &&
734 !data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted;
735 }
736
737 /// Determine whether this class has any default constructors.
738 bool hasDefaultConstructor() const {
739 return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) ||
740 needsImplicitDefaultConstructor();
741 }
742
743 /// Determine if we need to declare a default constructor for
744 /// this class.
745 ///
746 /// This value is used for lazy creation of default constructors.
747 bool needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() const {
748 return (!data().UserDeclaredConstructor &&
749 !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) &&
750 (!isLambda() || lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable())) ||
751 // FIXME: Proposed fix to core wording issue: if a class inherits
752 // a default constructor and doesn't explicitly declare one, one
753 // is declared implicitly.
754 (data().HasInheritedDefaultConstructor &&
755 !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor));
756 }
757
758 /// Determine whether this class has any user-declared constructors.
759 ///
760 /// When true, a default constructor will not be implicitly declared.
761 bool hasUserDeclaredConstructor() const {
762 return data().UserDeclaredConstructor;
763 }
764
765 /// Whether this class has a user-provided default constructor
766 /// per C++11.
767 bool hasUserProvidedDefaultConstructor() const {
768 return data().UserProvidedDefaultConstructor;
769 }
770
771 /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared copy constructor.
772 ///
773 /// When false, a copy constructor will be implicitly declared.
774 bool hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() const {
775 return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor;
776 }
777
778 /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy
779 /// constructor to be lazily declared.
780 bool needsImplicitCopyConstructor() const {
781 return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor);
782 }
783
784 /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy
785 /// constructor for this class.
786 bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor() const {
787 // C++17 [class.copy.ctor]p6:
788 // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment
789 // operator, the implicitly declared copy constructor is defined as
790 // deleted.
791 // In MSVC mode, sometimes a declared move assignment does not delete an
792 // implicit copy constructor, so defer this choice to Sema.
793 if (data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers &
794 (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment))
795 return true;
796 return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor;
797 }
798
799 /// Determine whether an implicit copy constructor for this type
800 /// would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type.
801 bool implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam() const {
802 return data().ImplicitCopyConstructorCanHaveConstParamForNonVBase &&
803 (isAbstract() ||
804 data().ImplicitCopyConstructorCanHaveConstParamForVBase);
805 }
806
807 /// Determine whether this class has a copy constructor with
808 /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type.
809 bool hasCopyConstructorWithConstParam() const {
810 return data().HasDeclaredCopyConstructorWithConstParam ||
811 (needsImplicitCopyConstructor() &&
812 implicitCopyConstructorHasConstParam());
813 }
814
815 /// Whether this class has a user-declared move constructor or
816 /// assignment operator.
817 ///
818 /// When false, a move constructor and assignment operator may be
819 /// implicitly declared.
820 bool hasUserDeclaredMoveOperation() const {
821 return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers &
822 (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment);
823 }
824
825 /// Determine whether this class has had a move constructor
826 /// declared by the user.
827 bool hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() const {
828 return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor;
829 }
830
831 /// Determine whether this class has a move constructor.
832 bool hasMoveConstructor() const {
833 return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) ||
834 needsImplicitMoveConstructor();
835 }
836
837 /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit copy
838 /// constructor, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it.
839 void setImplicitCopyConstructorIsDeleted() {
840 assert((data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted ||((void)0)
841 needsOverloadResolutionForCopyConstructor()) &&((void)0)
842 "Copy constructor should not be deleted")((void)0);
843 data().DefaultedCopyConstructorIsDeleted = true;
844 }
845
846 /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit move
847 /// constructor, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it.
848 void setImplicitMoveConstructorIsDeleted() {
849 assert((data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted ||((void)0)
850 needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor()) &&((void)0)
851 "move constructor should not be deleted")((void)0);
852 data().DefaultedMoveConstructorIsDeleted = true;
853 }
854
855 /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit destructor,
856 /// but overload resolution failed so we deleted it.
857 void setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted() {
858 assert((data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted ||((void)0)
859 needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor()) &&((void)0)
860 "destructor should not be deleted")((void)0);
861 data().DefaultedDestructorIsDeleted = true;
862 }
863
864 /// Determine whether this class should get an implicit move
865 /// constructor or if any existing special member function inhibits this.
866 bool needsImplicitMoveConstructor() const {
867 return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) &&
868 !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() &&
869 !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() &&
870 !hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() &&
871 !hasUserDeclaredDestructor();
872 }
873
874 /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted move
875 /// constructor for this class.
876 bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor() const {
877 return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveConstructor;
878 }
879
880 /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared copy assignment
881 /// operator.
882 ///
883 /// When false, a copy assignment operator will be implicitly declared.
884 bool hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() const {
885 return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment;
886 }
887
888 /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit copy assignment
889 /// operator, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it.
890 void setImplicitCopyAssignmentIsDeleted() {
891 assert((data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted ||((void)0)
892 needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment()) &&((void)0)
893 "copy assignment should not be deleted")((void)0);
894 data().DefaultedCopyAssignmentIsDeleted = true;
895 }
896
897 /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit copy
898 /// assignment operator to be lazily declared.
899 bool needsImplicitCopyAssignment() const {
900 return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment);
901 }
902
903 /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a defaulted copy
904 /// assignment operator for this class.
905 bool needsOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment() const {
906 // C++20 [class.copy.assign]p2:
907 // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment
908 // operator, the implicitly declared copy assignment operator is defined
909 // as deleted.
910 // In MSVC mode, sometimes a declared move constructor does not delete an
911 // implicit copy assignment, so defer this choice to Sema.
912 if (data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers &
913 (SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_MoveAssignment))
914 return true;
915 return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForCopyAssignment;
916 }
917
918 /// Determine whether an implicit copy assignment operator for this
919 /// type would have a parameter with a const-qualified reference type.
920 bool implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam() const {
921 return data().ImplicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam;
922 }
923
924 /// Determine whether this class has a copy assignment operator with
925 /// a parameter type which is a reference to a const-qualified type or is not
926 /// a reference.
927 bool hasCopyAssignmentWithConstParam() const {
928 return data().HasDeclaredCopyAssignmentWithConstParam ||
929 (needsImplicitCopyAssignment() &&
930 implicitCopyAssignmentHasConstParam());
931 }
932
933 /// Determine whether this class has had a move assignment
934 /// declared by the user.
935 bool hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment() const {
936 return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment;
937 }
938
939 /// Determine whether this class has a move assignment operator.
940 bool hasMoveAssignment() const {
941 return (data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) ||
942 needsImplicitMoveAssignment();
943 }
944
945 /// Set that we attempted to declare an implicit move assignment
946 /// operator, but overload resolution failed so we deleted it.
947 void setImplicitMoveAssignmentIsDeleted() {
948 assert((data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted ||((void)0)
949 needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment()) &&((void)0)
950 "move assignment should not be deleted")((void)0);
951 data().DefaultedMoveAssignmentIsDeleted = true;
952 }
953
954 /// Determine whether this class should get an implicit move
955 /// assignment operator or if any existing special member function inhibits
956 /// this.
957 bool needsImplicitMoveAssignment() const {
958 return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) &&
959 !hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor() &&
960 !hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment() &&
961 !hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() &&
962 !hasUserDeclaredDestructor() &&
963 (!isLambda() || lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable());
964 }
965
966 /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a move assignment
967 /// operator for this class.
968 bool needsOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment() const {
969 return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForMoveAssignment;
970 }
971
972 /// Determine whether this class has a user-declared destructor.
973 ///
974 /// When false, a destructor will be implicitly declared.
975 bool hasUserDeclaredDestructor() const {
976 return data().UserDeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor;
977 }
978
979 /// Determine whether this class needs an implicit destructor to
980 /// be lazily declared.
981 bool needsImplicitDestructor() const {
982 return !(data().DeclaredSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor);
983 }
984
985 /// Determine whether we need to eagerly declare a destructor for this
986 /// class.
987 bool needsOverloadResolutionForDestructor() const {
988 return data().NeedOverloadResolutionForDestructor;
989 }
990
991 /// Determine whether this class describes a lambda function object.
992 bool isLambda() const {
993 // An update record can't turn a non-lambda into a lambda.
994 auto *DD = DefinitionData;
995 return DD && DD->IsLambda;
996 }
997
998 /// Determine whether this class describes a generic
999 /// lambda function object (i.e. function call operator is
1000 /// a template).
1001 bool isGenericLambda() const;
1002
1003 /// Determine whether this lambda should have an implicit default constructor
1004 /// and copy and move assignment operators.
1005 bool lambdaIsDefaultConstructibleAndAssignable() const;
1006
1007 /// Retrieve the lambda call operator of the closure type
1008 /// if this is a closure type.
1009 CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaCallOperator() const;
1010
1011 /// Retrieve the dependent lambda call operator of the closure type
1012 /// if this is a templated closure type.
1013 FunctionTemplateDecl *getDependentLambdaCallOperator() const;
1014
1015 /// Retrieve the lambda static invoker, the address of which
1016 /// is returned by the conversion operator, and the body of which
1017 /// is forwarded to the lambda call operator. The version that does not
1018 /// take a calling convention uses the 'default' calling convention for free
1019 /// functions if the Lambda's calling convention was not modified via
1020 /// attribute. Otherwise, it will return the calling convention specified for
1021 /// the lambda.
1022 CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaStaticInvoker() const;
1023 CXXMethodDecl *getLambdaStaticInvoker(CallingConv CC) const;
1024
1025 /// Retrieve the generic lambda's template parameter list.
1026 /// Returns null if the class does not represent a lambda or a generic
1027 /// lambda.
1028 TemplateParameterList *getGenericLambdaTemplateParameterList() const;
1029
1030 /// Retrieve the lambda template parameters that were specified explicitly.
1031 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> getLambdaExplicitTemplateParameters() const;
1032
1033 LambdaCaptureDefault getLambdaCaptureDefault() const {
1034 assert(isLambda())((void)0);
1035 return static_cast<LambdaCaptureDefault>(getLambdaData().CaptureDefault);
1036 }
1037
1038 /// Set the captures for this lambda closure type.
1039 void setCaptures(ASTContext &Context, ArrayRef<LambdaCapture> Captures);
1040
1041 /// For a closure type, retrieve the mapping from captured
1042 /// variables and \c this to the non-static data members that store the
1043 /// values or references of the captures.
1044 ///
1045 /// \param Captures Will be populated with the mapping from captured
1046 /// variables to the corresponding fields.
1047 ///
1048 /// \param ThisCapture Will be set to the field declaration for the
1049 /// \c this capture.
1050 ///
1051 /// \note No entries will be added for init-captures, as they do not capture
1052 /// variables.
1053 void getCaptureFields(llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, FieldDecl *> &Captures,
1054 FieldDecl *&ThisCapture) const;
1055
1056 using capture_const_iterator = const LambdaCapture *;
1057 using capture_const_range = llvm::iterator_range<capture_const_iterator>;
1058
1059 capture_const_range captures() const {
1060 return capture_const_range(captures_begin(), captures_end());
1061 }
1062
1063 capture_const_iterator captures_begin() const {
1064 return isLambda() ? getLambdaData().Captures : nullptr;
1065 }
1066
1067 capture_const_iterator captures_end() const {
1068 return isLambda() ? captures_begin() + getLambdaData().NumCaptures
1069 : nullptr;
1070 }
1071
1072 unsigned capture_size() const { return getLambdaData().NumCaptures; }
1073
1074 using conversion_iterator = UnresolvedSetIterator;
1075
1076 conversion_iterator conversion_begin() const {
1077 return data().Conversions.get(getASTContext()).begin();
1078 }
1079
1080 conversion_iterator conversion_end() const {
1081 return data().Conversions.get(getASTContext()).end();
1082 }
1083
1084 /// Removes a conversion function from this class. The conversion
1085 /// function must currently be a member of this class. Furthermore,
1086 /// this class must currently be in the process of being defined.
1087 void removeConversion(const NamedDecl *Old);
1088
1089 /// Get all conversion functions visible in current class,
1090 /// including conversion function templates.
1091 llvm::iterator_range<conversion_iterator>
1092 getVisibleConversionFunctions() const;
1093
1094 /// Determine whether this class is an aggregate (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]),
1095 /// which is a class with no user-declared constructors, no private
1096 /// or protected non-static data members, no base classes, and no virtual
1097 /// functions (C++ [dcl.init.aggr]p1).
1098 bool isAggregate() const { return data().Aggregate; }
1099
1100 /// Whether this class has any in-class initializers
1101 /// for non-static data members (including those in anonymous unions or
1102 /// structs).
1103 bool hasInClassInitializer() const { return data().HasInClassInitializer; }
1104
1105 /// Whether this class or any of its subobjects has any members of
1106 /// reference type which would make value-initialization ill-formed.
1107 ///
1108 /// Per C++03 [dcl.init]p5:
1109 /// - if T is a non-union class type without a user-declared constructor,
1110 /// then every non-static data member and base-class component of T is
1111 /// value-initialized [...] A program that calls for [...]
1112 /// value-initialization of an entity of reference type is ill-formed.
1113 bool hasUninitializedReferenceMember() const {
1114 return !isUnion() && !hasUserDeclaredConstructor() &&
1115 data().HasUninitializedReferenceMember;
1116 }
1117
1118 /// Whether this class is a POD-type (C++ [class]p4)
1119 ///
1120 /// For purposes of this function a class is POD if it is an aggregate
1121 /// that has no non-static non-POD data members, no reference data
1122 /// members, no user-defined copy assignment operator and no
1123 /// user-defined destructor.
1124 ///
1125 /// Note that this is the C++ TR1 definition of POD.
1126 bool isPOD() const { return data().PlainOldData; }
1127
1128 /// True if this class is C-like, without C++-specific features, e.g.
1129 /// it contains only public fields, no bases, tag kind is not 'class', etc.
1130 bool isCLike() const;
1131
1132 /// Determine whether this is an empty class in the sense of
1133 /// (C++11 [meta.unary.prop]).
1134 ///
1135 /// The CXXRecordDecl is a class type, but not a union type,
1136 /// with no non-static data members other than bit-fields of length 0,
1137 /// no virtual member functions, no virtual base classes,
1138 /// and no base class B for which is_empty<B>::value is false.
1139 ///
1140 /// \note This does NOT include a check for union-ness.
1141 bool isEmpty() const { return data().Empty; }
1142
1143 bool hasPrivateFields() const {
1144 return data().HasPrivateFields;
1145 }
1146
1147 bool hasProtectedFields() const {
1148 return data().HasProtectedFields;
1149 }
1150
1151 /// Determine whether this class has direct non-static data members.
1152 bool hasDirectFields() const {
1153 auto &D = data();
1154 return D.HasPublicFields || D.HasProtectedFields || D.HasPrivateFields;
1155 }
1156
1157 /// Whether this class is polymorphic (C++ [class.virtual]),
1158 /// which means that the class contains or inherits a virtual function.
1159 bool isPolymorphic() const { return data().Polymorphic; }
1160
1161 /// Determine whether this class has a pure virtual function.
1162 ///
1163 /// The class is is abstract per (C++ [class.abstract]p2) if it declares
1164 /// a pure virtual function or inherits a pure virtual function that is
1165 /// not overridden.
1166 bool isAbstract() const { return data().Abstract; }
1167
1168 /// Determine whether this class is standard-layout per
1169 /// C++ [class]p7.
1170 bool isStandardLayout() const { return data().IsStandardLayout; }
1171
1172 /// Determine whether this class was standard-layout per
1173 /// C++11 [class]p7, specifically using the C++11 rules without any DRs.
1174 bool isCXX11StandardLayout() const { return data().IsCXX11StandardLayout; }
1175
1176 /// Determine whether this class, or any of its class subobjects,
1177 /// contains a mutable field.
1178 bool hasMutableFields() const { return data().HasMutableFields; }
1179
1180 /// Determine whether this class has any variant members.
1181 bool hasVariantMembers() const { return data().HasVariantMembers; }
1182
1183 /// Determine whether this class has a trivial default constructor
1184 /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
1185 bool hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() const {
1186 return hasDefaultConstructor() &&
1187 (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor);
1188 }
1189
1190 /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial default constructor
1191 /// (C++11 [class.ctor]p5).
1192 bool hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor() const {
1193 return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor) ||
1194 (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() &&
1195 !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_DefaultConstructor));
1196 }
1197
1198 /// Determine whether this class has at least one constexpr constructor
1199 /// other than the copy or move constructors.
1200 bool hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() const {
1201 return data().HasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor ||
1202 (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() &&
1203 defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr());
1204 }
1205
1206 /// Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class
1207 /// would be constexpr.
1208 bool defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr() const {
1209 return data().DefaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr &&
1210 (!isUnion() || hasInClassInitializer() || !hasVariantMembers() ||
1211 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20);
1212 }
1213
1214 /// Determine whether this class has a constexpr default constructor.
1215 bool hasConstexprDefaultConstructor() const {
1216 return data().HasConstexprDefaultConstructor ||
1217 (needsImplicitDefaultConstructor() &&
1218 defaultedDefaultConstructorIsConstexpr());
1219 }
1220
1221 /// Determine whether this class has a trivial copy constructor
1222 /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12)
1223 bool hasTrivialCopyConstructor() const {
1224 return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor;
1225 }
1226
1227 bool hasTrivialCopyConstructorForCall() const {
1228 return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_CopyConstructor;
1229 }
1230
1231 /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy constructor
1232 /// (C++ [class.copy]p6, C++11 [class.copy]p12)
1233 bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor() const {
1234 return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyConstructor ||
1235 !hasTrivialCopyConstructor();
1236 }
1237
1238 bool hasNonTrivialCopyConstructorForCall() const {
1239 return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembersForCall &
1240 SMF_CopyConstructor) ||
1241 !hasTrivialCopyConstructorForCall();
1242 }
1243
1244 /// Determine whether this class has a trivial move constructor
1245 /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12)
1246 bool hasTrivialMoveConstructor() const {
1247 return hasMoveConstructor() &&
1248 (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor);
1249 }
1250
1251 bool hasTrivialMoveConstructorForCall() const {
1252 return hasMoveConstructor() &&
1253 (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_MoveConstructor);
1254 }
1255
1256 /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move constructor
1257 /// (C++11 [class.copy]p12)
1258 bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor() const {
1259 return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor) ||
1260 (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() &&
1261 !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveConstructor));
1262 }
1263
1264 bool hasNonTrivialMoveConstructorForCall() const {
1265 return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembersForCall &
1266 SMF_MoveConstructor) ||
1267 (needsImplicitMoveConstructor() &&
1268 !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_MoveConstructor));
1269 }
1270
1271 /// Determine whether this class has a trivial copy assignment operator
1272 /// (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25)
1273 bool hasTrivialCopyAssignment() const {
1274 return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment;
1275 }
1276
1277 /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial copy assignment
1278 /// operator (C++ [class.copy]p11, C++11 [class.copy]p25)
1279 bool hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment() const {
1280 return data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_CopyAssignment ||
1281 !hasTrivialCopyAssignment();
1282 }
1283
1284 /// Determine whether this class has a trivial move assignment operator
1285 /// (C++11 [class.copy]p25)
1286 bool hasTrivialMoveAssignment() const {
1287 return hasMoveAssignment() &&
1288 (data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment);
1289 }
1290
1291 /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial move assignment
1292 /// operator (C++11 [class.copy]p25)
1293 bool hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment() const {
1294 return (data().DeclaredNonTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment) ||
1295 (needsImplicitMoveAssignment() &&
1296 !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_MoveAssignment));
1297 }
1298
1299 /// Determine whether a defaulted default constructor for this class
1300 /// would be constexpr.
1301 bool defaultedDestructorIsConstexpr() const {
1302 return data().DefaultedDestructorIsConstexpr &&
1303 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20;
1304 }
1305
1306 /// Determine whether this class has a constexpr destructor.
1307 bool hasConstexprDestructor() const;
1308
1309 /// Determine whether this class has a trivial destructor
1310 /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3)
1311 bool hasTrivialDestructor() const {
1312 return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor;
1313 }
1314
1315 bool hasTrivialDestructorForCall() const {
1316 return data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_Destructor;
1317 }
1318
1319 /// Determine whether this class has a non-trivial destructor
1320 /// (C++ [class.dtor]p3)
1321 bool hasNonTrivialDestructor() const {
1322 return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembers & SMF_Destructor);
1323 }
1324
1325 bool hasNonTrivialDestructorForCall() const {
1326 return !(data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall & SMF_Destructor);
1327 }
1328
1329 void setHasTrivialSpecialMemberForCall() {
1330 data().HasTrivialSpecialMembersForCall =
1331 (SMF_CopyConstructor | SMF_MoveConstructor | SMF_Destructor);
1332 }
1333
1334 /// Determine whether declaring a const variable with this type is ok
1335 /// per core issue 253.
1336 bool allowConstDefaultInit() const {
1337 return !data().HasUninitializedFields ||
1338 !(data().HasDefaultedDefaultConstructor ||
1339 needsImplicitDefaultConstructor());
1340 }
1341
1342 /// Determine whether this class has a destructor which has no
1343 /// semantic effect.
1344 ///
1345 /// Any such destructor will be trivial, public, defaulted and not deleted,
1346 /// and will call only irrelevant destructors.
1347 bool hasIrrelevantDestructor() const {
1348 return data().HasIrrelevantDestructor;
1349 }
1350
1351 /// Determine whether this class has a non-literal or/ volatile type
1352 /// non-static data member or base class.
1353 bool hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() const {
1354 return data().HasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases;
1355 }
1356
1357 /// Determine whether this class has a using-declaration that names
1358 /// a user-declared base class constructor.
1359 bool hasInheritedConstructor() const {
1360 return data().HasInheritedConstructor;
1361 }
1362
1363 /// Determine whether this class has a using-declaration that names
1364 /// a base class assignment operator.
1365 bool hasInheritedAssignment() const {
1366 return data().HasInheritedAssignment;
1367 }
1368
1369 /// Determine whether this class is considered trivially copyable per
1370 /// (C++11 [class]p6).
1371 bool isTriviallyCopyable() const;
1372
1373 /// Determine whether this class is considered trivial.
1374 ///
1375 /// C++11 [class]p6:
1376 /// "A trivial class is a class that has a trivial default constructor and
1377 /// is trivially copyable."
1378 bool isTrivial() const {
1379 return isTriviallyCopyable() && hasTrivialDefaultConstructor();
1380 }
1381
1382 /// Determine whether this class is a literal type.
1383 ///
1384 /// C++11 [basic.types]p10:
1385 /// A class type that has all the following properties:
1386 /// - it has a trivial destructor
1387 /// - every constructor call and full-expression in the
1388 /// brace-or-equal-intializers for non-static data members (if any) is
1389 /// a constant expression.
1390 /// - it is an aggregate type or has at least one constexpr constructor
1391 /// or constructor template that is not a copy or move constructor, and
1392 /// - all of its non-static data members and base classes are of literal
1393 /// types
1394 ///
1395 /// We resolve DR1361 by ignoring the second bullet. We resolve DR1452 by
1396 /// treating types with trivial default constructors as literal types.
1397 ///
1398 /// Only in C++17 and beyond, are lambdas literal types.
1399 bool isLiteral() const {
1400 const LangOptions &LangOpts = getLangOpts();
1401 return (LangOpts.CPlusPlus20 ? hasConstexprDestructor()
1402 : hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
1403 (!isLambda() || LangOpts.CPlusPlus17) &&
1404 !hasNonLiteralTypeFieldsOrBases() &&
1405 (isAggregate() || isLambda() ||
1406 hasConstexprNonCopyMoveConstructor() ||
1407 hasTrivialDefaultConstructor());
1408 }
1409
1410 /// Determine whether this is a structural type.
1411 bool isStructural() const {
1412 return isLiteral() && data().StructuralIfLiteral;
1413 }
1414
1415 /// If this record is an instantiation of a member class,
1416 /// retrieves the member class from which it was instantiated.
1417 ///
1418 /// This routine will return non-null for (non-templated) member
1419 /// classes of class templates. For example, given:
1420 ///
1421 /// \code
1422 /// template<typename T>
1423 /// struct X {
1424 /// struct A { };
1425 /// };
1426 /// \endcode
1427 ///
1428 /// The declaration for X<int>::A is a (non-templated) CXXRecordDecl
1429 /// whose parent is the class template specialization X<int>. For
1430 /// this declaration, getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() will return
1431 /// the CXXRecordDecl X<T>::A. When a complete definition of
1432 /// X<int>::A is required, it will be instantiated from the
1433 /// declaration returned by getInstantiatedFromMemberClass().
1434 CXXRecordDecl *getInstantiatedFromMemberClass() const;
1435
1436 /// If this class is an instantiation of a member class of a
1437 /// class template specialization, retrieves the member specialization
1438 /// information.
1439 MemberSpecializationInfo *getMemberSpecializationInfo() const;
1440
1441 /// Specify that this record is an instantiation of the
1442 /// member class \p RD.
1443 void setInstantiationOfMemberClass(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1444 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
1445
1446 /// Retrieves the class template that is described by this
1447 /// class declaration.
1448 ///
1449 /// Every class template is represented as a ClassTemplateDecl and a
1450 /// CXXRecordDecl. The former contains template properties (such as
1451 /// the template parameter lists) while the latter contains the
1452 /// actual description of the template's
1453 /// contents. ClassTemplateDecl::getTemplatedDecl() retrieves the
1454 /// CXXRecordDecl that from a ClassTemplateDecl, while
1455 /// getDescribedClassTemplate() retrieves the ClassTemplateDecl from
1456 /// a CXXRecordDecl.
1457 ClassTemplateDecl *getDescribedClassTemplate() const;
1458
1459 void setDescribedClassTemplate(ClassTemplateDecl *Template);
1460
1461 /// Determine whether this particular class is a specialization or
1462 /// instantiation of a class template or member class of a class template,
1463 /// and how it was instantiated or specialized.
1464 TemplateSpecializationKind getTemplateSpecializationKind() const;
1465
1466 /// Set the kind of specialization or template instantiation this is.
1467 void setTemplateSpecializationKind(TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
1468
1469 /// Retrieve the record declaration from which this record could be
1470 /// instantiated. Returns null if this class is not a template instantiation.
1471 const CXXRecordDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() const;
1472
1473 CXXRecordDecl *getTemplateInstantiationPattern() {
1474 return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(const_cast<const CXXRecordDecl *>(this)
1475 ->getTemplateInstantiationPattern());
1476 }
1477
1478 /// Returns the destructor decl for this class.
1479 CXXDestructorDecl *getDestructor() const;
1480
1481 /// Returns true if the class destructor, or any implicitly invoked
1482 /// destructors are marked noreturn.
1483 bool isAnyDestructorNoReturn() const { return data().IsAnyDestructorNoReturn; }
1484
1485 /// If the class is a local class [class.local], returns
1486 /// the enclosing function declaration.
1487 const FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() const {
1488 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext()))
1489 return RD->isLocalClass();
1490
1491 return dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(getDeclContext());
1492 }
1493
1494 FunctionDecl *isLocalClass() {
1495 return const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(
1496 const_cast<const CXXRecordDecl*>(this)->isLocalClass());
1497 }
1498
1499 /// Determine whether this dependent class is a current instantiation,
1500 /// when viewed from within the given context.
1501 bool isCurrentInstantiation(const DeclContext *CurContext) const;
1502
1503 /// Determine whether this class is derived from the class \p Base.
1504 ///
1505 /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base,
1506 /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class
1507 /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous
1508 /// base class subobjects.
1509 ///
1510 /// \param Base the base class we are searching for.
1511 ///
1512 /// \returns true if this class is derived from Base, false otherwise.
1513 bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const;
1514
1515 /// Determine whether this class is derived from the type \p Base.
1516 ///
1517 /// This routine only determines whether this class is derived from \p Base,
1518 /// but does not account for factors that may make a Derived -> Base class
1519 /// ill-formed, such as private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous
1520 /// base class subobjects.
1521 ///
1522 /// \param Base the base class we are searching for.
1523 ///
1524 /// \param Paths will contain the paths taken from the current class to the
1525 /// given \p Base class.
1526 ///
1527 /// \returns true if this class is derived from \p Base, false otherwise.
1528 ///
1529 /// \todo add a separate parameter to configure IsDerivedFrom, rather than
1530 /// tangling input and output in \p Paths
1531 bool isDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths) const;
1532
1533 /// Determine whether this class is virtually derived from
1534 /// the class \p Base.
1535 ///
1536 /// This routine only determines whether this class is virtually
1537 /// derived from \p Base, but does not account for factors that may
1538 /// make a Derived -> Base class ill-formed, such as
1539 /// private/protected inheritance or multiple, ambiguous base class
1540 /// subobjects.
1541 ///
1542 /// \param Base the base class we are searching for.
1543 ///
1544 /// \returns true if this class is virtually derived from Base,
1545 /// false otherwise.
1546 bool isVirtuallyDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const;
1547
1548 /// Determine whether this class is provably not derived from
1549 /// the type \p Base.
1550 bool isProvablyNotDerivedFrom(const CXXRecordDecl *Base) const;
1551
1552 /// Function type used by forallBases() as a callback.
1553 ///
1554 /// \param BaseDefinition the definition of the base class
1555 ///
1556 /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria
1557 using ForallBasesCallback =
1558 llvm::function_ref<bool(const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDefinition)>;
1559
1560 /// Determines if the given callback holds for all the direct
1561 /// or indirect base classes of this type.
1562 ///
1563 /// The class itself does not count as a base class. This routine
1564 /// returns false if the class has non-computable base classes.
1565 ///
1566 /// \param BaseMatches Callback invoked for each (direct or indirect) base
1567 /// class of this type until a call returns false.
1568 bool forallBases(ForallBasesCallback BaseMatches) const;
1569
1570 /// Function type used by lookupInBases() to determine whether a
1571 /// specific base class subobject matches the lookup criteria.
1572 ///
1573 /// \param Specifier the base-class specifier that describes the inheritance
1574 /// from the base class we are trying to match.
1575 ///
1576 /// \param Path the current path, from the most-derived class down to the
1577 /// base named by the \p Specifier.
1578 ///
1579 /// \returns true if this base matched the search criteria, false otherwise.
1580 using BaseMatchesCallback =
1581 llvm::function_ref<bool(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
1582 CXXBasePath &Path)>;
1583
1584 /// Look for entities within the base classes of this C++ class,
1585 /// transitively searching all base class subobjects.
1586 ///
1587 /// This routine uses the callback function \p BaseMatches to find base
1588 /// classes meeting some search criteria, walking all base class subobjects
1589 /// and populating the given \p Paths structure with the paths through the
1590 /// inheritance hierarchy that resulted in a match. On a successful search,
1591 /// the \p Paths structure can be queried to retrieve the matching paths and
1592 /// to determine if there were any ambiguities.
1593 ///
1594 /// \param BaseMatches callback function used to determine whether a given
1595 /// base matches the user-defined search criteria.
1596 ///
1597 /// \param Paths used to record the paths from this class to its base class
1598 /// subobjects that match the search criteria.
1599 ///
1600 /// \param LookupInDependent can be set to true to extend the search to
1601 /// dependent base classes.
1602 ///
1603 /// \returns true if there exists any path from this class to a base class
1604 /// subobject that matches the search criteria.
1605 bool lookupInBases(BaseMatchesCallback BaseMatches, CXXBasePaths &Paths,
1606 bool LookupInDependent = false) const;
1607
1608 /// Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the given
1609 /// base class specifier refers to a specific class declaration.
1610 ///
1611 /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine whether
1612 /// a given derived class has is a base class subobject of a particular type.
1613 /// The base record pointer should refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the
1614 /// base class that we are searching for.
1615 static bool FindBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
1616 CXXBasePath &Path, const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord);
1617
1618 /// Base-class lookup callback that determines whether the
1619 /// given base class specifier refers to a specific class
1620 /// declaration and describes virtual derivation.
1621 ///
1622 /// This callback can be used with \c lookupInBases() to determine
1623 /// whether a given derived class has is a virtual base class
1624 /// subobject of a particular type. The base record pointer should
1625 /// refer to the canonical CXXRecordDecl of the base class that we
1626 /// are searching for.
1627 static bool FindVirtualBaseClass(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
1628 CXXBasePath &Path,
1629 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord);
1630
1631 /// Retrieve the final overriders for each virtual member
1632 /// function in the class hierarchy where this class is the
1633 /// most-derived class in the class hierarchy.
1634 void getFinalOverriders(CXXFinalOverriderMap &FinaOverriders) const;
1635
1636 /// Get the indirect primary bases for this class.
1637 void getIndirectPrimaryBases(CXXIndirectPrimaryBaseSet& Bases) const;
1638
1639 /// Determine whether this class has a member with the given name, possibly
1640 /// in a non-dependent base class.
1641 ///
1642 /// No check for ambiguity is performed, so this should never be used when
1643 /// implementing language semantics, but it may be appropriate for warnings,
1644 /// static analysis, or similar.
1645 bool hasMemberName(DeclarationName N) const;
1646
1647 /// Performs an imprecise lookup of a dependent name in this class.
1648 ///
1649 /// This function does not follow strict semantic rules and should be used
1650 /// only when lookup rules can be relaxed, e.g. indexing.
1651 std::vector<const NamedDecl *>
1652 lookupDependentName(DeclarationName Name,
1653 llvm::function_ref<bool(const NamedDecl *ND)> Filter);
1654
1655 /// Renders and displays an inheritance diagram
1656 /// for this C++ class and all of its base classes (transitively) using
1657 /// GraphViz.
1658 void viewInheritance(ASTContext& Context) const;
1659
1660 /// Calculates the access of a decl that is reached
1661 /// along a path.
1662 static AccessSpecifier MergeAccess(AccessSpecifier PathAccess,
1663 AccessSpecifier DeclAccess) {
1664 assert(DeclAccess != AS_none)((void)0);
1665 if (DeclAccess == AS_private) return AS_none;
1666 return (PathAccess > DeclAccess ? PathAccess : DeclAccess);
1667 }
1668
1669 /// Indicates that the declaration of a defaulted or deleted special
1670 /// member function is now complete.
1671 void finishedDefaultedOrDeletedMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1672
1673 void setTrivialForCallFlags(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1674
1675 /// Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete.
1676 void completeDefinition() override;
1677
1678 /// Indicates that the definition of this class is now complete,
1679 /// and provides a final overrider map to help determine
1680 ///
1681 /// \param FinalOverriders The final overrider map for this class, which can
1682 /// be provided as an optimization for abstract-class checking. If NULL,
1683 /// final overriders will be computed if they are needed to complete the
1684 /// definition.
1685 void completeDefinition(CXXFinalOverriderMap *FinalOverriders);
1686
1687 /// Determine whether this class may end up being abstract, even though
1688 /// it is not yet known to be abstract.
1689 ///
1690 /// \returns true if this class is not known to be abstract but has any
1691 /// base classes that are abstract. In this case, \c completeDefinition()
1692 /// will need to compute final overriders to determine whether the class is
1693 /// actually abstract.
1694 bool mayBeAbstract() const;
1695
1696 /// Determine whether it's impossible for a class to be derived from this
1697 /// class. This is best-effort, and may conservatively return false.
1698 bool isEffectivelyFinal() const;
1699
1700 /// If this is the closure type of a lambda expression, retrieve the
1701 /// number to be used for name mangling in the Itanium C++ ABI.
1702 ///
1703 /// Zero indicates that this closure type has internal linkage, so the
1704 /// mangling number does not matter, while a non-zero value indicates which
1705 /// lambda expression this is in this particular context.
1706 unsigned getLambdaManglingNumber() const {
1707 assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((void)0);
1708 return getLambdaData().ManglingNumber;
1709 }
1710
1711 /// The lambda is known to has internal linkage no matter whether it has name
1712 /// mangling number.
1713 bool hasKnownLambdaInternalLinkage() const {
1714 assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((void)0);
1715 return getLambdaData().HasKnownInternalLinkage;
1716 }
1717
1718 /// Retrieve the declaration that provides additional context for a
1719 /// lambda, when the normal declaration context is not specific enough.
1720 ///
1721 /// Certain contexts (default arguments of in-class function parameters and
1722 /// the initializers of data members) have separate name mangling rules for
1723 /// lambdas within the Itanium C++ ABI. For these cases, this routine provides
1724 /// the declaration in which the lambda occurs, e.g., the function parameter
1725 /// or the non-static data member. Otherwise, it returns NULL to imply that
1726 /// the declaration context suffices.
1727 Decl *getLambdaContextDecl() const;
1728
1729 /// Set the mangling number and context declaration for a lambda
1730 /// class.
1731 void setLambdaMangling(unsigned ManglingNumber, Decl *ContextDecl,
1732 bool HasKnownInternalLinkage = false) {
1733 assert(isLambda() && "Not a lambda closure type!")((void)0);
1734 getLambdaData().ManglingNumber = ManglingNumber;
1735 getLambdaData().ContextDecl = ContextDecl;
1736 getLambdaData().HasKnownInternalLinkage = HasKnownInternalLinkage;
1737 }
1738
1739 /// Set the device side mangling number.
1740 void setDeviceLambdaManglingNumber(unsigned Num) const;
1741
1742 /// Retrieve the device side mangling number.
1743 unsigned getDeviceLambdaManglingNumber() const;
1744
1745 /// Returns the inheritance model used for this record.
1746 MSInheritanceModel getMSInheritanceModel() const;
1747
1748 /// Calculate what the inheritance model would be for this class.
1749 MSInheritanceModel calculateInheritanceModel() const;
1750
1751 /// In the Microsoft C++ ABI, use zero for the field offset of a null data
1752 /// member pointer if we can guarantee that zero is not a valid field offset,
1753 /// or if the member pointer has multiple fields. Polymorphic classes have a
1754 /// vfptr at offset zero, so we can use zero for null. If there are multiple
1755 /// fields, we can use zero even if it is a valid field offset because
1756 /// null-ness testing will check the other fields.
1757 bool nullFieldOffsetIsZero() const;
1758
1759 /// Controls when vtordisps will be emitted if this record is used as a
1760 /// virtual base.
1761 MSVtorDispMode getMSVtorDispMode() const;
1762
1763 /// Determine whether this lambda expression was known to be dependent
1764 /// at the time it was created, even if its context does not appear to be
1765 /// dependent.
1766 ///
1767 /// This flag is a workaround for an issue with parsing, where default
1768 /// arguments are parsed before their enclosing function declarations have
1769 /// been created. This means that any lambda expressions within those
1770 /// default arguments will have as their DeclContext the context enclosing
1771 /// the function declaration, which may be non-dependent even when the
1772 /// function declaration itself is dependent. This flag indicates when we
1773 /// know that the lambda is dependent despite that.
1774 bool isDependentLambda() const {
1775 return isLambda() && getLambdaData().Dependent;
1776 }
1777
1778 TypeSourceInfo *getLambdaTypeInfo() const {
1779 return getLambdaData().MethodTyInfo;
1780 }
1781
1782 // Determine whether this type is an Interface Like type for
1783 // __interface inheritance purposes.
1784 bool isInterfaceLike() const;
1785
1786 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
1787 static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
1788 return K >= firstCXXRecord && K <= lastCXXRecord;
1789 }
1790 void markAbstract() { data().Abstract = true; }
1791};
1792
1793/// Store information needed for an explicit specifier.
1794/// Used by CXXDeductionGuideDecl, CXXConstructorDecl and CXXConversionDecl.
1795class ExplicitSpecifier {
1796 llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 2, ExplicitSpecKind> ExplicitSpec{
1797 nullptr, ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse};
1798
1799public:
1800 ExplicitSpecifier() = default;
1801 ExplicitSpecifier(Expr *Expression, ExplicitSpecKind Kind)
1802 : ExplicitSpec(Expression, Kind) {}
1803 ExplicitSpecKind getKind() const { return ExplicitSpec.getInt(); }
1804 const Expr *getExpr() const { return ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); }
1805 Expr *getExpr() { return ExplicitSpec.getPointer(); }
1806
1807 /// Determine if the declaration had an explicit specifier of any kind.
1808 bool isSpecified() const {
1809 return ExplicitSpec.getInt() != ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse ||
1810 ExplicitSpec.getPointer();
1811 }
1812
1813 /// Check for equivalence of explicit specifiers.
1814 /// \return true if the explicit specifier are equivalent, false otherwise.
1815 bool isEquivalent(const ExplicitSpecifier Other) const;
1816 /// Determine whether this specifier is known to correspond to an explicit
1817 /// declaration. Returns false if the specifier is absent or has an
1818 /// expression that is value-dependent or evaluates to false.
1819 bool isExplicit() const {
1820 return ExplicitSpec.getInt() == ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue;
1821 }
1822 /// Determine if the explicit specifier is invalid.
1823 /// This state occurs after a substitution failures.
1824 bool isInvalid() const {
1825 return ExplicitSpec.getInt() == ExplicitSpecKind::Unresolved &&
1826 !ExplicitSpec.getPointer();
1827 }
1828 void setKind(ExplicitSpecKind Kind) { ExplicitSpec.setInt(Kind); }
1829 void setExpr(Expr *E) { ExplicitSpec.setPointer(E); }
1830 // Retrieve the explicit specifier in the given declaration, if any.
1831 static ExplicitSpecifier getFromDecl(FunctionDecl *Function);
1832 static const ExplicitSpecifier getFromDecl(const FunctionDecl *Function) {
1833 return getFromDecl(const_cast<FunctionDecl *>(Function));
1834 }
1835 static ExplicitSpecifier Invalid() {
1836 return ExplicitSpecifier(nullptr, ExplicitSpecKind::Unresolved);
1837 }
1838};
1839
1840/// Represents a C++ deduction guide declaration.
1841///
1842/// \code
1843/// template<typename T> struct A { A(); A(T); };
1844/// A() -> A<int>;
1845/// \endcode
1846///
1847/// In this example, there will be an explicit deduction guide from the
1848/// second line, and implicit deduction guide templates synthesized from
1849/// the constructors of \c A.
1850class CXXDeductionGuideDecl : public FunctionDecl {
1851 void anchor() override;
1852
1853private:
1854 CXXDeductionGuideDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1855 ExplicitSpecifier ES,
1856 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T,
1857 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EndLocation,
1858 CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor)
1859 : FunctionDecl(CXXDeductionGuide, C, DC, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
1860 SC_None, false, ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified),
1861 Ctor(Ctor), ExplicitSpec(ES) {
1862 if (EndLocation.isValid())
1863 setRangeEnd(EndLocation);
1864 setIsCopyDeductionCandidate(false);
1865 }
1866
1867 CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor;
1868 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec;
1869 void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { ExplicitSpec = ES; }
1870
1871public:
1872 friend class ASTDeclReader;
1873 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
1874
1875 static CXXDeductionGuideDecl *
1876 Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1877 ExplicitSpecifier ES, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T,
1878 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation EndLocation,
1879 CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = nullptr);
1880
1881 static CXXDeductionGuideDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
1882
1883 ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() { return ExplicitSpec; }
1884 const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const { return ExplicitSpec; }
1885
1886 /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit.
1887 bool isExplicit() const { return ExplicitSpec.isExplicit(); }
1888
1889 /// Get the template for which this guide performs deduction.
1890 TemplateDecl *getDeducedTemplate() const {
1891 return getDeclName().getCXXDeductionGuideTemplate();
1892 }
1893
1894 /// Get the constructor from which this deduction guide was generated, if
1895 /// this is an implicit deduction guide.
1896 CXXConstructorDecl *getCorrespondingConstructor() const {
1897 return Ctor;
1898 }
1899
1900 void setIsCopyDeductionCandidate(bool isCDC = true) {
1901 FunctionDeclBits.IsCopyDeductionCandidate = isCDC;
1902 }
1903
1904 bool isCopyDeductionCandidate() const {
1905 return FunctionDeclBits.IsCopyDeductionCandidate;
1906 }
1907
1908 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
1909 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
1910 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDeductionGuide; }
1911};
1912
1913/// \brief Represents the body of a requires-expression.
1914///
1915/// This decl exists merely to serve as the DeclContext for the local
1916/// parameters of the requires expression as well as other declarations inside
1917/// it.
1918///
1919/// \code
1920/// template<typename T> requires requires (T t) { {t++} -> regular; }
1921/// \endcode
1922///
1923/// In this example, a RequiresExpr object will be generated for the expression,
1924/// and a RequiresExprBodyDecl will be created to hold the parameter t and the
1925/// template argument list imposed by the compound requirement.
1926class RequiresExprBodyDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext {
1927 RequiresExprBodyDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc)
1928 : Decl(RequiresExprBody, DC, StartLoc), DeclContext(RequiresExprBody) {}
1929
1930public:
1931 friend class ASTDeclReader;
1932 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
1933
1934 static RequiresExprBodyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
1935 SourceLocation StartLoc);
1936
1937 static RequiresExprBodyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
1938
1939 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
1940 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
1941 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == RequiresExprBody; }
1942};
1943
1944/// Represents a static or instance method of a struct/union/class.
1945///
1946/// In the terminology of the C++ Standard, these are the (static and
1947/// non-static) member functions, whether virtual or not.
1948class CXXMethodDecl : public FunctionDecl {
1949 void anchor() override;
1950
1951protected:
1952 CXXMethodDecl(Kind DK, ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1953 SourceLocation StartLoc, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
1954 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC,
1955 bool isInline, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
1956 SourceLocation EndLocation,
1957 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr)
1958 : FunctionDecl(DK, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo, SC, isInline,
1959 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause) {
1960 if (EndLocation.isValid())
1961 setRangeEnd(EndLocation);
1962 }
1963
1964public:
1965 static CXXMethodDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
1966 SourceLocation StartLoc,
1967 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T,
1968 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC,
1969 bool isInline, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
1970 SourceLocation EndLocation,
1971 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr);
1972
1973 static CXXMethodDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
1974
1975 bool isStatic() const;
1976 bool isInstance() const { return !isStatic(); }
10
Assuming the condition is true
11
Returning the value 1, which participates in a condition later
1977
1978 /// Returns true if the given operator is implicitly static in a record
1979 /// context.
1980 static bool isStaticOverloadedOperator(OverloadedOperatorKind OOK) {
1981 // [class.free]p1:
1982 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
1983 // (even if not explicitly declared static).
1984 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
1985 // (even if not explicitly declared static).
1986 return OOK == OO_New || OOK == OO_Array_New || OOK == OO_Delete ||
1987 OOK == OO_Array_Delete;
1988 }
1989
1990 bool isConst() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isConst(); }
1991 bool isVolatile() const { return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->isVolatile(); }
1992
1993 bool isVirtual() const {
1994 CXXMethodDecl *CD = const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
1995
1996 // Member function is virtual if it is marked explicitly so, or if it is
1997 // declared in __interface -- then it is automatically pure virtual.
1998 if (CD->isVirtualAsWritten() || CD->isPure())
1999 return true;
2000
2001 return CD->size_overridden_methods() != 0;
2002 }
2003
2004 /// If it's possible to devirtualize a call to this method, return the called
2005 /// function. Otherwise, return null.
2006
2007 /// \param Base The object on which this virtual function is called.
2008 /// \param IsAppleKext True if we are compiling for Apple kext.
2009 CXXMethodDecl *getDevirtualizedMethod(const Expr *Base, bool IsAppleKext);
2010
2011 const CXXMethodDecl *getDevirtualizedMethod(const Expr *Base,
2012 bool IsAppleKext) const {
2013 return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this)->getDevirtualizedMethod(
2014 Base, IsAppleKext);
2015 }
2016
2017 /// Determine whether this is a usual deallocation function (C++
2018 /// [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2), which is an overloaded delete or
2019 /// delete[] operator with a particular signature. Populates \p PreventedBy
2020 /// with the declarations of the functions of the same kind if they were the
2021 /// reason for this function returning false. This is used by
2022 /// Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction to reconsider the answer based on the
2023 /// context.
2024 bool isUsualDeallocationFunction(
2025 SmallVectorImpl<const FunctionDecl *> &PreventedBy) const;
2026
2027 /// Determine whether this is a copy-assignment operator, regardless
2028 /// of whether it was declared implicitly or explicitly.
2029 bool isCopyAssignmentOperator() const;
2030
2031 /// Determine whether this is a move assignment operator.
2032 bool isMoveAssignmentOperator() const;
2033
2034 CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
2035 return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
2036 }
2037 const CXXMethodDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
2038 return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
2039 }
2040
2041 CXXMethodDecl *getMostRecentDecl() {
2042 return cast<CXXMethodDecl>(
2043 static_cast<FunctionDecl *>(this)->getMostRecentDecl());
2044 }
2045 const CXXMethodDecl *getMostRecentDecl() const {
2046 return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl*>(this)->getMostRecentDecl();
2047 }
2048
2049 void addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
2050
2051 using method_iterator = const CXXMethodDecl *const *;
2052
2053 method_iterator begin_overridden_methods() const;
2054 method_iterator end_overridden_methods() const;
2055 unsigned size_overridden_methods() const;
2056
2057 using overridden_method_range = llvm::iterator_range<
2058 llvm::TinyPtrVector<const CXXMethodDecl *>::const_iterator>;
2059
2060 overridden_method_range overridden_methods() const;
2061
2062 /// Return the parent of this method declaration, which
2063 /// is the class in which this method is defined.
2064 const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const {
2065 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent());
2066 }
2067
2068 /// Return the parent of this method declaration, which
2069 /// is the class in which this method is defined.
2070 CXXRecordDecl *getParent() {
2071 return const_cast<CXXRecordDecl *>(
2072 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FunctionDecl::getParent()));
2073 }
2074
2075 /// Return the type of the \c this pointer.
2076 ///
2077 /// Should only be called for instance (i.e., non-static) methods. Note
2078 /// that for the call operator of a lambda closure type, this returns the
2079 /// desugared 'this' type (a pointer to the closure type), not the captured
2080 /// 'this' type.
2081 QualType getThisType() const;
2082
2083 /// Return the type of the object pointed by \c this.
2084 ///
2085 /// See getThisType() for usage restriction.
2086 QualType getThisObjectType() const;
2087
2088 static QualType getThisType(const FunctionProtoType *FPT,
2089 const CXXRecordDecl *Decl);
2090
2091 static QualType getThisObjectType(const FunctionProtoType *FPT,
2092 const CXXRecordDecl *Decl);
2093
2094 Qualifiers getMethodQualifiers() const {
2095 return getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getMethodQuals();
2096 }
2097
2098 /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this method.
2099 ///
2100 /// In the following example, \c f() has an lvalue ref-qualifier, \c g()
2101 /// has an rvalue ref-qualifier, and \c h() has no ref-qualifier.
2102 /// @code
2103 /// struct X {
2104 /// void f() &;
2105 /// void g() &&;
2106 /// void h();
2107 /// };
2108 /// @endcode
2109 RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const {
2110 return getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getRefQualifier();
2111 }
2112
2113 bool hasInlineBody() const;
2114
2115 /// Determine whether this is a lambda closure type's static member
2116 /// function that is used for the result of the lambda's conversion to
2117 /// function pointer (for a lambda with no captures).
2118 ///
2119 /// The function itself, if used, will have a placeholder body that will be
2120 /// supplied by IR generation to either forward to the function call operator
2121 /// or clone the function call operator.
2122 bool isLambdaStaticInvoker() const;
2123
2124 /// Find the method in \p RD that corresponds to this one.
2125 ///
2126 /// Find if \p RD or one of the classes it inherits from override this method.
2127 /// If so, return it. \p RD is assumed to be a subclass of the class defining
2128 /// this method (or be the class itself), unless \p MayBeBase is set to true.
2129 CXXMethodDecl *
2130 getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2131 bool MayBeBase = false);
2132
2133 const CXXMethodDecl *
2134 getCorrespondingMethodInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2135 bool MayBeBase = false) const {
2136 return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this)
2137 ->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(RD, MayBeBase);
2138 }
2139
2140 /// Find if \p RD declares a function that overrides this function, and if so,
2141 /// return it. Does not search base classes.
2142 CXXMethodDecl *getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2143 bool MayBeBase = false);
2144 const CXXMethodDecl *
2145 getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(const CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2146 bool MayBeBase = false) const {
2147 return const_cast<CXXMethodDecl *>(this)
2148 ->getCorrespondingMethodDeclaredInClass(RD, MayBeBase);
2149 }
2150
2151 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
2152 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
2153 static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
2154 return K >= firstCXXMethod && K <= lastCXXMethod;
2155 }
2156};
2157
2158/// Represents a C++ base or member initializer.
2159///
2160/// This is part of a constructor initializer that
2161/// initializes one non-static member variable or one base class. For
2162/// example, in the following, both 'A(a)' and 'f(3.14159)' are member
2163/// initializers:
2164///
2165/// \code
2166/// class A { };
2167/// class B : public A {
2168/// float f;
2169/// public:
2170/// B(A& a) : A(a), f(3.14159) { }
2171/// };
2172/// \endcode
2173class CXXCtorInitializer final {
2174 /// Either the base class name/delegating constructor type (stored as
2175 /// a TypeSourceInfo*), an normal field (FieldDecl), or an anonymous field
2176 /// (IndirectFieldDecl*) being initialized.
2177 llvm::PointerUnion<TypeSourceInfo *, FieldDecl *, IndirectFieldDecl *>
2178 Initializee;
2179
2180 /// The argument used to initialize the base or member, which may
2181 /// end up constructing an object (when multiple arguments are involved).
2182 Stmt *Init;
2183
2184 /// The source location for the field name or, for a base initializer
2185 /// pack expansion, the location of the ellipsis.
2186 ///
2187 /// In the case of a delegating
2188 /// constructor, it will still include the type's source location as the
2189 /// Initializee points to the CXXConstructorDecl (to allow loop detection).
2190 SourceLocation MemberOrEllipsisLocation;
2191
2192 /// Location of the left paren of the ctor-initializer.
2193 SourceLocation LParenLoc;
2194
2195 /// Location of the right paren of the ctor-initializer.
2196 SourceLocation RParenLoc;
2197
2198 /// If the initializee is a type, whether that type makes this
2199 /// a delegating initialization.
2200 unsigned IsDelegating : 1;
2201
2202 /// If the initializer is a base initializer, this keeps track
2203 /// of whether the base is virtual or not.
2204 unsigned IsVirtual : 1;
2205
2206 /// Whether or not the initializer is explicitly written
2207 /// in the sources.
2208 unsigned IsWritten : 1;
2209
2210 /// If IsWritten is true, then this number keeps track of the textual order
2211 /// of this initializer in the original sources, counting from 0.
2212 unsigned SourceOrder : 13;
2213
2214public:
2215 /// Creates a new base-class initializer.
2216 explicit
2217 CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool IsVirtual,
2218 SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R,
2219 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
2220
2221 /// Creates a new member initializer.
2222 explicit
2223 CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, FieldDecl *Member,
2224 SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init,
2225 SourceLocation R);
2226
2227 /// Creates a new anonymous field initializer.
2228 explicit
2229 CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, IndirectFieldDecl *Member,
2230 SourceLocation MemberLoc, SourceLocation L, Expr *Init,
2231 SourceLocation R);
2232
2233 /// Creates a new delegating initializer.
2234 explicit
2235 CXXCtorInitializer(ASTContext &Context, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2236 SourceLocation L, Expr *Init, SourceLocation R);
2237
2238 /// \return Unique reproducible object identifier.
2239 int64_t getID(const ASTContext &Context) const;
2240
2241 /// Determine whether this initializer is initializing a base class.
2242 bool isBaseInitializer() const {
2243 return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && !IsDelegating;
2244 }
2245
2246 /// Determine whether this initializer is initializing a non-static
2247 /// data member.
2248 bool isMemberInitializer() const { return Initializee.is<FieldDecl*>(); }
2249
2250 bool isAnyMemberInitializer() const {
2251 return isMemberInitializer() || isIndirectMemberInitializer();
2252 }
2253
2254 bool isIndirectMemberInitializer() const {
2255 return Initializee.is<IndirectFieldDecl*>();
2256 }
2257
2258 /// Determine whether this initializer is an implicit initializer
2259 /// generated for a field with an initializer defined on the member
2260 /// declaration.
2261 ///
2262 /// In-class member initializers (also known as "non-static data member
2263 /// initializations", NSDMIs) were introduced in C++11.
2264 bool isInClassMemberInitializer() const {
2265 return Init->getStmtClass() == Stmt::CXXDefaultInitExprClass;
2266 }
2267
2268 /// Determine whether this initializer is creating a delegating
2269 /// constructor.
2270 bool isDelegatingInitializer() const {
2271 return Initializee.is<TypeSourceInfo*>() && IsDelegating;
2272 }
2273
2274 /// Determine whether this initializer is a pack expansion.
2275 bool isPackExpansion() const {
2276 return isBaseInitializer() && MemberOrEllipsisLocation.isValid();
2277 }
2278
2279 // For a pack expansion, returns the location of the ellipsis.
2280 SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
2281 if (!isPackExpansion())
2282 return {};
2283 return MemberOrEllipsisLocation;
2284 }
2285
2286 /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the
2287 /// base class with location information. Otherwise, returns an NULL
2288 /// type location.
2289 TypeLoc getBaseClassLoc() const;
2290
2291 /// If this is a base class initializer, returns the type of the base class.
2292 /// Otherwise, returns null.
2293 const Type *getBaseClass() const;
2294
2295 /// Returns whether the base is virtual or not.
2296 bool isBaseVirtual() const {
2297 assert(isBaseInitializer() && "Must call this on base initializer!")((void)0);
2298
2299 return IsVirtual;
2300 }
2301
2302 /// Returns the declarator information for a base class or delegating
2303 /// initializer.
2304 TypeSourceInfo *getTypeSourceInfo() const {
2305 return Initializee.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>();
2306 }
2307
2308 /// If this is a member initializer, returns the declaration of the
2309 /// non-static data member being initialized. Otherwise, returns null.
2310 FieldDecl *getMember() const {
2311 if (isMemberInitializer())
2312 return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>();
2313 return nullptr;
2314 }
2315
2316 FieldDecl *getAnyMember() const {
2317 if (isMemberInitializer())
2318 return Initializee.get<FieldDecl*>();
2319 if (isIndirectMemberInitializer())
2320 return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>()->getAnonField();
2321 return nullptr;
2322 }
2323
2324 IndirectFieldDecl *getIndirectMember() const {
2325 if (isIndirectMemberInitializer())
2326 return Initializee.get<IndirectFieldDecl*>();
2327 return nullptr;
2328 }
2329
2330 SourceLocation getMemberLocation() const {
2331 return MemberOrEllipsisLocation;
2332 }
2333
2334 /// Determine the source location of the initializer.
2335 SourceLocation getSourceLocation() const;
2336
2337 /// Determine the source range covering the entire initializer.
2338 SourceRange getSourceRange() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
2339
2340 /// Determine whether this initializer is explicitly written
2341 /// in the source code.
2342 bool isWritten() const { return IsWritten; }
2343
2344 /// Return the source position of the initializer, counting from 0.
2345 /// If the initializer was implicit, -1 is returned.
2346 int getSourceOrder() const {
2347 return IsWritten ? static_cast<int>(SourceOrder) : -1;
2348 }
2349
2350 /// Set the source order of this initializer.
2351 ///
2352 /// This can only be called once for each initializer; it cannot be called
2353 /// on an initializer having a positive number of (implicit) array indices.
2354 ///
2355 /// This assumes that the initializer was written in the source code, and
2356 /// ensures that isWritten() returns true.
2357 void setSourceOrder(int Pos) {
2358 assert(!IsWritten &&((void)0)
2359 "setSourceOrder() used on implicit initializer")((void)0);
2360 assert(SourceOrder == 0 &&((void)0)
2361 "calling twice setSourceOrder() on the same initializer")((void)0);
2362 assert(Pos >= 0 &&((void)0)
2363 "setSourceOrder() used to make an initializer implicit")((void)0);
2364 IsWritten = true;
2365 SourceOrder = static_cast<unsigned>(Pos);
2366 }
2367
2368 SourceLocation getLParenLoc() const { return LParenLoc; }
2369 SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
2370
2371 /// Get the initializer.
2372 Expr *getInit() const { return static_cast<Expr *>(Init); }
2373};
2374
2375/// Description of a constructor that was inherited from a base class.
2376class InheritedConstructor {
2377 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Shadow = nullptr;
2378 CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor = nullptr;
2379
2380public:
2381 InheritedConstructor() = default;
2382 InheritedConstructor(ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Shadow,
2383 CXXConstructorDecl *BaseCtor)
2384 : Shadow(Shadow), BaseCtor(BaseCtor) {}
2385
2386 explicit operator bool() const { return Shadow; }
2387
2388 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getShadowDecl() const { return Shadow; }
2389 CXXConstructorDecl *getConstructor() const { return BaseCtor; }
2390};
2391
2392/// Represents a C++ constructor within a class.
2393///
2394/// For example:
2395///
2396/// \code
2397/// class X {
2398/// public:
2399/// explicit X(int); // represented by a CXXConstructorDecl.
2400/// };
2401/// \endcode
2402class CXXConstructorDecl final
2403 : public CXXMethodDecl,
2404 private llvm::TrailingObjects<CXXConstructorDecl, InheritedConstructor,
2405 ExplicitSpecifier> {
2406 // This class stores some data in DeclContext::CXXConstructorDeclBits
2407 // to save some space. Use the provided accessors to access it.
2408
2409 /// \name Support for base and member initializers.
2410 /// \{
2411 /// The arguments used to initialize the base or member.
2412 LazyCXXCtorInitializersPtr CtorInitializers;
2413
2414 CXXConstructorDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2415 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T,
2416 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier ES, bool isInline,
2417 bool isImplicitlyDeclared, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
2418 InheritedConstructor Inherited,
2419 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause);
2420
2421 void anchor() override;
2422
2423 size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<InheritedConstructor>) const {
2424 return CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor;
2425 }
2426 size_t numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExplicitSpecifier>) const {
2427 return CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier;
2428 }
2429
2430 ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifierInternal() const {
2431 if (CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier)
2432 return *getTrailingObjects<ExplicitSpecifier>();
2433 return ExplicitSpecifier(
2434 nullptr, CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsSimpleExplicit
2435 ? ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue
2436 : ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse);
2437 }
2438
2439 enum TrailingAllocKind {
2440 TAKInheritsConstructor = 1,
2441 TAKHasTailExplicit = 1 << 1,
2442 };
2443
2444 uint64_t getTrailingAllocKind() const {
2445 return numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<InheritedConstructor>()) |
2446 (numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExplicitSpecifier>()) << 1);
2447 }
2448
2449public:
2450 friend class ASTDeclReader;
2451 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
2452 friend TrailingObjects;
2453
2454 static CXXConstructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID,
2455 uint64_t AllocKind);
2456 static CXXConstructorDecl *
2457 Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2458 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2459 ExplicitSpecifier ES, bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared,
2460 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
2461 InheritedConstructor Inherited = InheritedConstructor(),
2462 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr);
2463
2464 void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) {
2465 assert((!ES.getExpr() ||((void)0)
2466 CXXConstructorDeclBits.HasTrailingExplicitSpecifier) &&((void)0)
2467 "cannot set this explicit specifier. no trail-allocated space for "((void)0)
2468 "explicit")((void)0);
2469 if (ES.getExpr())
2470 *getCanonicalDecl()->getTrailingObjects<ExplicitSpecifier>() = ES;
2471 else
2472 CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsSimpleExplicit = ES.isExplicit();
2473 }
2474
2475 ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() {
2476 return getCanonicalDecl()->getExplicitSpecifierInternal();
2477 }
2478 const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const {
2479 return getCanonicalDecl()->getExplicitSpecifierInternal();
2480 }
2481
2482 /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit.
2483 bool isExplicit() const { return getExplicitSpecifier().isExplicit(); }
2484
2485 /// Iterates through the member/base initializer list.
2486 using init_iterator = CXXCtorInitializer **;
2487
2488 /// Iterates through the member/base initializer list.
2489 using init_const_iterator = CXXCtorInitializer *const *;
2490
2491 using init_range = llvm::iterator_range<init_iterator>;
2492 using init_const_range = llvm::iterator_range<init_const_iterator>;
2493
2494 init_range inits() { return init_range(init_begin(), init_end()); }
2495 init_const_range inits() const {
2496 return init_const_range(init_begin(), init_end());
2497 }
2498
2499 /// Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer.
2500 init_iterator init_begin() {
2501 const auto *ConstThis = this;
2502 return const_cast<init_iterator>(ConstThis->init_begin());
2503 }
2504
2505 /// Retrieve an iterator to the first initializer.
2506 init_const_iterator init_begin() const;
2507
2508 /// Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer.
2509 init_iterator init_end() {
2510 return init_begin() + getNumCtorInitializers();
2511 }
2512
2513 /// Retrieve an iterator past the last initializer.
2514 init_const_iterator init_end() const {
2515 return init_begin() + getNumCtorInitializers();
2516 }
2517
2518 using init_reverse_iterator = std::reverse_iterator<init_iterator>;
2519 using init_const_reverse_iterator =
2520 std::reverse_iterator<init_const_iterator>;
2521
2522 init_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() {
2523 return init_reverse_iterator(init_end());
2524 }
2525 init_const_reverse_iterator init_rbegin() const {
2526 return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_end());
2527 }
2528
2529 init_reverse_iterator init_rend() {
2530 return init_reverse_iterator(init_begin());
2531 }
2532 init_const_reverse_iterator init_rend() const {
2533 return init_const_reverse_iterator(init_begin());
2534 }
2535
2536 /// Determine the number of arguments used to initialize the member
2537 /// or base.
2538 unsigned getNumCtorInitializers() const {
2539 return CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers;
2540 }
2541
2542 void setNumCtorInitializers(unsigned numCtorInitializers) {
2543 CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers = numCtorInitializers;
2544 // This assert added because NumCtorInitializers is stored
2545 // in CXXConstructorDeclBits as a bitfield and its width has
2546 // been shrunk from 32 bits to fit into CXXConstructorDeclBitfields.
2547 assert(CXXConstructorDeclBits.NumCtorInitializers ==((void)0)
2548 numCtorInitializers && "NumCtorInitializers overflow!")((void)0);
2549 }
2550
2551 void setCtorInitializers(CXXCtorInitializer **Initializers) {
2552 CtorInitializers = Initializers;
2553 }
2554
2555 /// Determine whether this constructor is a delegating constructor.
2556 bool isDelegatingConstructor() const {
2557 return (getNumCtorInitializers() == 1) &&
2558 init_begin()[0]->isDelegatingInitializer();
2559 }
2560
2561 /// When this constructor delegates to another, retrieve the target.
2562 CXXConstructorDecl *getTargetConstructor() const;
2563
2564 /// Whether this constructor is a default
2565 /// constructor (C++ [class.ctor]p5), which can be used to
2566 /// default-initialize a class of this type.
2567 bool isDefaultConstructor() const;
2568
2569 /// Whether this constructor is a copy constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2,
2570 /// which can be used to copy the class.
2571 ///
2572 /// \p TypeQuals will be set to the qualifiers on the
2573 /// argument type. For example, \p TypeQuals would be set to \c
2574 /// Qualifiers::Const for the following copy constructor:
2575 ///
2576 /// \code
2577 /// class X {
2578 /// public:
2579 /// X(const X&);
2580 /// };
2581 /// \endcode
2582 bool isCopyConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const;
2583
2584 /// Whether this constructor is a copy
2585 /// constructor (C++ [class.copy]p2, which can be used to copy the
2586 /// class.
2587 bool isCopyConstructor() const {
2588 unsigned TypeQuals = 0;
2589 return isCopyConstructor(TypeQuals);
2590 }
2591
2592 /// Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor
2593 /// (C++11 [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class.
2594 ///
2595 /// \param TypeQuals If this constructor is a move constructor, will be set
2596 /// to the type qualifiers on the referent of the first parameter's type.
2597 bool isMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const;
2598
2599 /// Determine whether this constructor is a move constructor
2600 /// (C++11 [class.copy]p3), which can be used to move values of the class.
2601 bool isMoveConstructor() const {
2602 unsigned TypeQuals = 0;
2603 return isMoveConstructor(TypeQuals);
2604 }
2605
2606 /// Determine whether this is a copy or move constructor.
2607 ///
2608 /// \param TypeQuals Will be set to the type qualifiers on the reference
2609 /// parameter, if in fact this is a copy or move constructor.
2610 bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor(unsigned &TypeQuals) const;
2611
2612 /// Determine whether this a copy or move constructor.
2613 bool isCopyOrMoveConstructor() const {
2614 unsigned Quals;
2615 return isCopyOrMoveConstructor(Quals);
2616 }
2617
2618 /// Whether this constructor is a
2619 /// converting constructor (C++ [class.conv.ctor]), which can be
2620 /// used for user-defined conversions.
2621 bool isConvertingConstructor(bool AllowExplicit) const;
2622
2623 /// Determine whether this is a member template specialization that
2624 /// would copy the object to itself. Such constructors are never used to copy
2625 /// an object.
2626 bool isSpecializationCopyingObject() const;
2627
2628 /// Determine whether this is an implicit constructor synthesized to
2629 /// model a call to a constructor inherited from a base class.
2630 bool isInheritingConstructor() const {
2631 return CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor;
2632 }
2633
2634 /// State that this is an implicit constructor synthesized to
2635 /// model a call to a constructor inherited from a base class.
2636 void setInheritingConstructor(bool isIC = true) {
2637 CXXConstructorDeclBits.IsInheritingConstructor = isIC;
2638 }
2639
2640 /// Get the constructor that this inheriting constructor is based on.
2641 InheritedConstructor getInheritedConstructor() const {
2642 return isInheritingConstructor() ?
2643 *getTrailingObjects<InheritedConstructor>() : InheritedConstructor();
2644 }
2645
2646 CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
2647 return cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
2648 }
2649 const CXXConstructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
2650 return const_cast<CXXConstructorDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
2651 }
2652
2653 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
2654 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
2655 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConstructor; }
2656};
2657
2658/// Represents a C++ destructor within a class.
2659///
2660/// For example:
2661///
2662/// \code
2663/// class X {
2664/// public:
2665/// ~X(); // represented by a CXXDestructorDecl.
2666/// };
2667/// \endcode
2668class CXXDestructorDecl : public CXXMethodDecl {
2669 friend class ASTDeclReader;
2670 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
2671
2672 // FIXME: Don't allocate storage for these except in the first declaration
2673 // of a virtual destructor.
2674 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2675 Expr *OperatorDeleteThisArg = nullptr;
2676
2677 CXXDestructorDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2678 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T,
2679 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool isInline,
2680 bool isImplicitlyDeclared, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
2681 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr)
2682 : CXXMethodDecl(CXXDestructor, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
2683 SC_None, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
2684 TrailingRequiresClause) {
2685 setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared);
2686 }
2687
2688 void anchor() override;
2689
2690public:
2691 static CXXDestructorDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2692 SourceLocation StartLoc,
2693 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2694 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2695 bool isInline, bool isImplicitlyDeclared,
2696 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
2697 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr);
2698 static CXXDestructorDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext & C, unsigned ID);
2699
2700 void setOperatorDelete(FunctionDecl *OD, Expr *ThisArg);
2701
2702 const FunctionDecl *getOperatorDelete() const {
2703 return getCanonicalDecl()->OperatorDelete;
2704 }
2705
2706 Expr *getOperatorDeleteThisArg() const {
2707 return getCanonicalDecl()->OperatorDeleteThisArg;
2708 }
2709
2710 CXXDestructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
2711 return cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
2712 }
2713 const CXXDestructorDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
2714 return const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
2715 }
2716
2717 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
2718 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
2719 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXDestructor; }
2720};
2721
2722/// Represents a C++ conversion function within a class.
2723///
2724/// For example:
2725///
2726/// \code
2727/// class X {
2728/// public:
2729/// operator bool();
2730/// };
2731/// \endcode
2732class CXXConversionDecl : public CXXMethodDecl {
2733 CXXConversionDecl(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2734 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T,
2735 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, bool isInline, ExplicitSpecifier ES,
2736 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind, SourceLocation EndLocation,
2737 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr)
2738 : CXXMethodDecl(CXXConversion, C, RD, StartLoc, NameInfo, T, TInfo,
2739 SC_None, isInline, ConstexprKind, EndLocation,
2740 TrailingRequiresClause),
2741 ExplicitSpec(ES) {}
2742 void anchor() override;
2743
2744 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpec;
2745
2746public:
2747 friend class ASTDeclReader;
2748 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
2749
2750 static CXXConversionDecl *
2751 Create(ASTContext &C, CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceLocation StartLoc,
2752 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2753 bool isInline, ExplicitSpecifier ES, ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind,
2754 SourceLocation EndLocation, Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = nullptr);
2755 static CXXConversionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
2756
2757 ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() {
2758 return getCanonicalDecl()->ExplicitSpec;
2759 }
2760
2761 const ExplicitSpecifier getExplicitSpecifier() const {
2762 return getCanonicalDecl()->ExplicitSpec;
2763 }
2764
2765 /// Return true if the declartion is already resolved to be explicit.
2766 bool isExplicit() const { return getExplicitSpecifier().isExplicit(); }
2767 void setExplicitSpecifier(ExplicitSpecifier ES) { ExplicitSpec = ES; }
2768
2769 /// Returns the type that this conversion function is converting to.
2770 QualType getConversionType() const {
2771 return getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType();
2772 }
2773
2774 /// Determine whether this conversion function is a conversion from
2775 /// a lambda closure type to a block pointer.
2776 bool isLambdaToBlockPointerConversion() const;
2777
2778 CXXConversionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
2779 return cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionDecl::getCanonicalDecl());
2780 }
2781 const CXXConversionDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
2782 return const_cast<CXXConversionDecl*>(this)->getCanonicalDecl();
2783 }
2784
2785 // Implement isa/cast/dyncast/etc.
2786 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
2787 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == CXXConversion; }
2788};
2789
2790/// Represents a linkage specification.
2791///
2792/// For example:
2793/// \code
2794/// extern "C" void foo();
2795/// \endcode
2796class LinkageSpecDecl : public Decl, public DeclContext {
2797 virtual void anchor();
2798 // This class stores some data in DeclContext::LinkageSpecDeclBits to save
2799 // some space. Use the provided accessors to access it.
2800public:
2801 /// Represents the language in a linkage specification.
2802 ///
2803 /// The values are part of the serialization ABI for
2804 /// ASTs and cannot be changed without altering that ABI.
2805 enum LanguageIDs { lang_c = 1, lang_cxx = 2 };
2806
2807private:
2808 /// The source location for the extern keyword.
2809 SourceLocation ExternLoc;
2810
2811 /// The source location for the right brace (if valid).
2812 SourceLocation RBraceLoc;
2813
2814 LinkageSpecDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation ExternLoc,
2815 SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs lang, bool HasBraces);
2816
2817public:
2818 static LinkageSpecDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
2819 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
2820 SourceLocation LangLoc, LanguageIDs Lang,
2821 bool HasBraces);
2822 static LinkageSpecDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
2823
2824 /// Return the language specified by this linkage specification.
2825 LanguageIDs getLanguage() const {
2826 return static_cast<LanguageIDs>(LinkageSpecDeclBits.Language);
2827 }
2828
2829 /// Set the language specified by this linkage specification.
2830 void setLanguage(LanguageIDs L) { LinkageSpecDeclBits.Language = L; }
2831
2832 /// Determines whether this linkage specification had braces in
2833 /// its syntactic form.
2834 bool hasBraces() const {
2835 assert(!RBraceLoc.isValid() || LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces)((void)0);
2836 return LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces;
2837 }
2838
2839 SourceLocation getExternLoc() const { return ExternLoc; }
2840 SourceLocation getRBraceLoc() const { return RBraceLoc; }
2841 void setExternLoc(SourceLocation L) { ExternLoc = L; }
2842 void setRBraceLoc(SourceLocation L) {
2843 RBraceLoc = L;
2844 LinkageSpecDeclBits.HasBraces = RBraceLoc.isValid();
2845 }
2846
2847 SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
2848 if (hasBraces())
2849 return getRBraceLoc();
2850 // No braces: get the end location of the (only) declaration in context
2851 // (if present).
2852 return decls_empty() ? getLocation() : decls_begin()->getEndLoc();
2853 }
2854
2855 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
2856 return SourceRange(ExternLoc, getEndLoc());
2857 }
2858
2859 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
2860 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == LinkageSpec; }
2861
2862 static DeclContext *castToDeclContext(const LinkageSpecDecl *D) {
2863 return static_cast<DeclContext *>(const_cast<LinkageSpecDecl*>(D));
2864 }
2865
2866 static LinkageSpecDecl *castFromDeclContext(const DeclContext *DC) {
2867 return static_cast<LinkageSpecDecl *>(const_cast<DeclContext*>(DC));
2868 }
2869};
2870
2871/// Represents C++ using-directive.
2872///
2873/// For example:
2874/// \code
2875/// using namespace std;
2876/// \endcode
2877///
2878/// \note UsingDirectiveDecl should be Decl not NamedDecl, but we provide
2879/// artificial names for all using-directives in order to store
2880/// them in DeclContext effectively.
2881class UsingDirectiveDecl : public NamedDecl {
2882 /// The location of the \c using keyword.
2883 SourceLocation UsingLoc;
2884
2885 /// The location of the \c namespace keyword.
2886 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc;
2887
2888 /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace.
2889 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
2890
2891 /// The namespace nominated by this using-directive.
2892 NamedDecl *NominatedNamespace;
2893
2894 /// Enclosing context containing both using-directive and nominated
2895 /// namespace.
2896 DeclContext *CommonAncestor;
2897
2898 UsingDirectiveDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
2899 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
2900 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
2901 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2902 NamedDecl *Nominated,
2903 DeclContext *CommonAncestor)
2904 : NamedDecl(UsingDirective, DC, IdentLoc, getName()), UsingLoc(UsingLoc),
2905 NamespaceLoc(NamespcLoc), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc),
2906 NominatedNamespace(Nominated), CommonAncestor(CommonAncestor) {}
2907
2908 /// Returns special DeclarationName used by using-directives.
2909 ///
2910 /// This is only used by DeclContext for storing UsingDirectiveDecls in
2911 /// its lookup structure.
2912 static DeclarationName getName() {
2913 return DeclarationName::getUsingDirectiveName();
2914 }
2915
2916 void anchor() override;
2917
2918public:
2919 friend class ASTDeclReader;
2920
2921 // Friend for getUsingDirectiveName.
2922 friend class DeclContext;
2923
2924 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
2925 /// name of the namespace, with source-location information.
2926 NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
2927
2928 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
2929 /// name of the namespace.
2930 NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
2931 return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
2932 }
2933
2934 NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() { return NominatedNamespace; }
2935 const NamedDecl *getNominatedNamespaceAsWritten() const {
2936 return NominatedNamespace;
2937 }
2938
2939 /// Returns the namespace nominated by this using-directive.
2940 NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace();
2941
2942 const NamespaceDecl *getNominatedNamespace() const {
2943 return const_cast<UsingDirectiveDecl*>(this)->getNominatedNamespace();
2944 }
2945
2946 /// Returns the common ancestor context of this using-directive and
2947 /// its nominated namespace.
2948 DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() { return CommonAncestor; }
2949 const DeclContext *getCommonAncestor() const { return CommonAncestor; }
2950
2951 /// Return the location of the \c using keyword.
2952 SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLoc; }
2953
2954 // FIXME: Could omit 'Key' in name.
2955 /// Returns the location of the \c namespace keyword.
2956 SourceLocation getNamespaceKeyLocation() const { return NamespaceLoc; }
2957
2958 /// Returns the location of this using declaration's identifier.
2959 SourceLocation getIdentLocation() const { return getLocation(); }
2960
2961 static UsingDirectiveDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
2962 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
2963 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
2964 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
2965 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2966 NamedDecl *Nominated,
2967 DeclContext *CommonAncestor);
2968 static UsingDirectiveDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
2969
2970 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
2971 return SourceRange(UsingLoc, getLocation());
2972 }
2973
2974 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
2975 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingDirective; }
2976};
2977
2978/// Represents a C++ namespace alias.
2979///
2980/// For example:
2981///
2982/// \code
2983/// namespace Foo = Bar;
2984/// \endcode
2985class NamespaceAliasDecl : public NamedDecl,
2986 public Redeclarable<NamespaceAliasDecl> {
2987 friend class ASTDeclReader;
2988
2989 /// The location of the \c namespace keyword.
2990 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc;
2991
2992 /// The location of the namespace's identifier.
2993 ///
2994 /// This is accessed by TargetNameLoc.
2995 SourceLocation IdentLoc;
2996
2997 /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the namespace.
2998 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
2999
3000 /// The Decl that this alias points to, either a NamespaceDecl or
3001 /// a NamespaceAliasDecl.
3002 NamedDecl *Namespace;
3003
3004 NamespaceAliasDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3005 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3006 IdentifierInfo *Alias, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3007 SourceLocation IdentLoc, NamedDecl *Namespace)
3008 : NamedDecl(NamespaceAlias, DC, AliasLoc, Alias), redeclarable_base(C),
3009 NamespaceLoc(NamespaceLoc), IdentLoc(IdentLoc),
3010 QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), Namespace(Namespace) {}
3011
3012 void anchor() override;
3013
3014 using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<NamespaceAliasDecl>;
3015
3016 NamespaceAliasDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override;
3017 NamespaceAliasDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override;
3018 NamespaceAliasDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override;
3019
3020public:
3021 static NamespaceAliasDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3022 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3023 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3024 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3025 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3026 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3027 NamedDecl *Namespace);
3028
3029 static NamespaceAliasDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3030
3031 using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range;
3032 using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator;
3033
3034 using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
3035 using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
3036 using redeclarable_base::redecls;
3037 using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
3038 using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
3039
3040 NamespaceAliasDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
3041 return getFirstDecl();
3042 }
3043 const NamespaceAliasDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
3044 return getFirstDecl();
3045 }
3046
3047 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
3048 /// name of the namespace, with source-location information.
3049 NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
3050
3051 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the
3052 /// name of the namespace.
3053 NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
3054 return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
3055 }
3056
3057 /// Retrieve the namespace declaration aliased by this directive.
3058 NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() {
3059 if (auto *AD = dyn_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl>(Namespace))
3060 return AD->getNamespace();
3061
3062 return cast<NamespaceDecl>(Namespace);
3063 }
3064
3065 const NamespaceDecl *getNamespace() const {
3066 return const_cast<NamespaceAliasDecl *>(this)->getNamespace();
3067 }
3068
3069 /// Returns the location of the alias name, i.e. 'foo' in
3070 /// "namespace foo = ns::bar;".
3071 SourceLocation getAliasLoc() const { return getLocation(); }
3072
3073 /// Returns the location of the \c namespace keyword.
3074 SourceLocation getNamespaceLoc() const { return NamespaceLoc; }
3075
3076 /// Returns the location of the identifier in the named namespace.
3077 SourceLocation getTargetNameLoc() const { return IdentLoc; }
3078
3079 /// Retrieve the namespace that this alias refers to, which
3080 /// may either be a NamespaceDecl or a NamespaceAliasDecl.
3081 NamedDecl *getAliasedNamespace() const { return Namespace; }
3082
3083 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
3084 return SourceRange(NamespaceLoc, IdentLoc);
3085 }
3086
3087 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3088 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == NamespaceAlias; }
3089};
3090
3091/// Implicit declaration of a temporary that was materialized by
3092/// a MaterializeTemporaryExpr and lifetime-extended by a declaration
3093class LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl final
3094 : public Decl,
3095 public Mergeable<LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl> {
3096 friend class MaterializeTemporaryExpr;
3097 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3098
3099 Stmt *ExprWithTemporary = nullptr;
3100
3101 /// The declaration which lifetime-extended this reference, if any.
3102 /// Either a VarDecl, or (for a ctor-initializer) a FieldDecl.
3103 ValueDecl *ExtendingDecl = nullptr;
3104 unsigned ManglingNumber;
3105
3106 mutable APValue *Value = nullptr;
3107
3108 virtual void anchor();
3109
3110 LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(Expr *Temp, ValueDecl *EDecl, unsigned Mangling)
3111 : Decl(Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary, EDecl->getDeclContext(),
3112 EDecl->getLocation()),
3113 ExprWithTemporary(Temp), ExtendingDecl(EDecl),
3114 ManglingNumber(Mangling) {}
3115
3116 LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(EmptyShell)
3117 : Decl(Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary, EmptyShell{}) {}
3118
3119public:
3120 static LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *Create(Expr *Temp, ValueDecl *EDec,
3121 unsigned Mangling) {
3122 return new (EDec->getASTContext(), EDec->getDeclContext())
3123 LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(Temp, EDec, Mangling);
3124 }
3125 static LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C,
3126 unsigned ID) {
3127 return new (C, ID) LifetimeExtendedTemporaryDecl(EmptyShell{});
3128 }
3129
3130 ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() { return ExtendingDecl; }
3131 const ValueDecl *getExtendingDecl() const { return ExtendingDecl; }
3132
3133 /// Retrieve the storage duration for the materialized temporary.
3134 StorageDuration getStorageDuration() const;
3135
3136 /// Retrieve the expression to which the temporary materialization conversion
3137 /// was applied. This isn't necessarily the initializer of the temporary due
3138 /// to the C++98 delayed materialization rules, but
3139 /// skipRValueSubobjectAdjustments can be used to find said initializer within
3140 /// the subexpression.
3141 Expr *getTemporaryExpr() { return cast<Expr>(ExprWithTemporary); }
3142 const Expr *getTemporaryExpr() const { return cast<Expr>(ExprWithTemporary); }
3143
3144 unsigned getManglingNumber() const { return ManglingNumber; }
3145
3146 /// Get the storage for the constant value of a materialized temporary
3147 /// of static storage duration.
3148 APValue *getOrCreateValue(bool MayCreate) const;
3149
3150 APValue *getValue() const { return Value; }
3151
3152 // Iterators
3153 Stmt::child_range childrenExpr() {
3154 return Stmt::child_range(&ExprWithTemporary, &ExprWithTemporary + 1);
3155 }
3156
3157 Stmt::const_child_range childrenExpr() const {
3158 return Stmt::const_child_range(&ExprWithTemporary, &ExprWithTemporary + 1);
3159 }
3160
3161 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3162 static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
3163 return K == Decl::LifetimeExtendedTemporary;
3164 }
3165};
3166
3167/// Represents a shadow declaration implicitly introduced into a scope by a
3168/// (resolved) using-declaration or using-enum-declaration to achieve
3169/// the desired lookup semantics.
3170///
3171/// For example:
3172/// \code
3173/// namespace A {
3174/// void foo();
3175/// void foo(int);
3176/// struct foo {};
3177/// enum bar { bar1, bar2 };
3178/// }
3179/// namespace B {
3180/// // add a UsingDecl and three UsingShadowDecls (named foo) to B.
3181/// using A::foo;
3182/// // adds UsingEnumDecl and two UsingShadowDecls (named bar1 and bar2) to B.
3183/// using enum A::bar;
3184/// }
3185/// \endcode
3186class UsingShadowDecl : public NamedDecl, public Redeclarable<UsingShadowDecl> {
3187 friend class BaseUsingDecl;
3188
3189 /// The referenced declaration.
3190 NamedDecl *Underlying = nullptr;
3191
3192 /// The using declaration which introduced this decl or the next using
3193 /// shadow declaration contained in the aforementioned using declaration.
3194 NamedDecl *UsingOrNextShadow = nullptr;
3195
3196 void anchor() override;
3197
3198 using redeclarable_base = Redeclarable<UsingShadowDecl>;
3199
3200 UsingShadowDecl *getNextRedeclarationImpl() override {
3201 return getNextRedeclaration();
3202 }
3203
3204 UsingShadowDecl *getPreviousDeclImpl() override {
3205 return getPreviousDecl();
3206 }
3207
3208 UsingShadowDecl *getMostRecentDeclImpl() override {
3209 return getMostRecentDecl();
3210 }
3211
3212protected:
3213 UsingShadowDecl(Kind K, ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
3214 DeclarationName Name, BaseUsingDecl *Introducer,
3215 NamedDecl *Target);
3216 UsingShadowDecl(Kind K, ASTContext &C, EmptyShell);
3217
3218public:
3219 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3220 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3221
3222 static UsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3223 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Name,
3224 BaseUsingDecl *Introducer, NamedDecl *Target) {
3225 return new (C, DC)
3226 UsingShadowDecl(UsingShadow, C, DC, Loc, Name, Introducer, Target);
3227 }
3228
3229 static UsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3230
3231 using redecl_range = redeclarable_base::redecl_range;
3232 using redecl_iterator = redeclarable_base::redecl_iterator;
3233
3234 using redeclarable_base::redecls_begin;
3235 using redeclarable_base::redecls_end;
3236 using redeclarable_base::redecls;
3237 using redeclarable_base::getPreviousDecl;
3238 using redeclarable_base::getMostRecentDecl;
3239 using redeclarable_base::isFirstDecl;
3240
3241 UsingShadowDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
3242 return getFirstDecl();
3243 }
3244 const UsingShadowDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
3245 return getFirstDecl();
3246 }
3247
3248 /// Gets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the
3249 /// local scope.
3250 NamedDecl *getTargetDecl() const { return Underlying; }
3251
3252 /// Sets the underlying declaration which has been brought into the
3253 /// local scope.
3254 void setTargetDecl(NamedDecl *ND) {
3255 assert(ND && "Target decl is null!")((void)0);
3256 Underlying = ND;
3257 // A UsingShadowDecl is never a friend or local extern declaration, even
3258 // if it is a shadow declaration for one.
3259 IdentifierNamespace =
3260 ND->getIdentifierNamespace() &
3261 ~(IDNS_OrdinaryFriend | IDNS_TagFriend | IDNS_LocalExtern);
3262 }
3263
3264 /// Gets the (written or instantiated) using declaration that introduced this
3265 /// declaration.
3266 BaseUsingDecl *getIntroducer() const;
3267
3268 /// The next using shadow declaration contained in the shadow decl
3269 /// chain of the using declaration which introduced this decl.
3270 UsingShadowDecl *getNextUsingShadowDecl() const {
3271 return dyn_cast_or_null<UsingShadowDecl>(UsingOrNextShadow);
3272 }
3273
3274 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3275 static bool classofKind(Kind K) {
3276 return K == Decl::UsingShadow || K == Decl::ConstructorUsingShadow;
3277 }
3278};
3279
3280/// Represents a C++ declaration that introduces decls from somewhere else. It
3281/// provides a set of the shadow decls so introduced.
3282
3283class BaseUsingDecl : public NamedDecl {
3284 /// The first shadow declaration of the shadow decl chain associated
3285 /// with this using declaration.
3286 ///
3287 /// The bool member of the pair is a bool flag a derived type may use
3288 /// (UsingDecl makes use of it).
3289 llvm::PointerIntPair<UsingShadowDecl *, 1, bool> FirstUsingShadow;
3290
3291protected:
3292 BaseUsingDecl(Kind DK, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N)
3293 : NamedDecl(DK, DC, L, N), FirstUsingShadow(nullptr, 0) {}
3294
3295private:
3296 void anchor() override;
3297
3298protected:
3299 /// A bool flag for use by a derived type
3300 bool getShadowFlag() const { return FirstUsingShadow.getInt(); }
3301
3302 /// A bool flag a derived type may set
3303 void setShadowFlag(bool V) { FirstUsingShadow.setInt(V); }
3304
3305public:
3306 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3307 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3308
3309 /// Iterates through the using shadow declarations associated with
3310 /// this using declaration.
3311 class shadow_iterator {
3312 /// The current using shadow declaration.
3313 UsingShadowDecl *Current = nullptr;
3314
3315 public:
3316 using value_type = UsingShadowDecl *;
3317 using reference = UsingShadowDecl *;
3318 using pointer = UsingShadowDecl *;
3319 using iterator_category = std::forward_iterator_tag;
3320 using difference_type = std::ptrdiff_t;
3321
3322 shadow_iterator() = default;
3323 explicit shadow_iterator(UsingShadowDecl *C) : Current(C) {}
3324
3325 reference operator*() const { return Current; }
3326 pointer operator->() const { return Current; }
3327
3328 shadow_iterator &operator++() {
3329 Current = Current->getNextUsingShadowDecl();
3330 return *this;
3331 }
3332
3333 shadow_iterator operator++(int) {
3334 shadow_iterator tmp(*this);
3335 ++(*this);
3336 return tmp;
3337 }
3338
3339 friend bool operator==(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) {
3340 return x.Current == y.Current;
3341 }
3342 friend bool operator!=(shadow_iterator x, shadow_iterator y) {
3343 return x.Current != y.Current;
3344 }
3345 };
3346
3347 using shadow_range = llvm::iterator_range<shadow_iterator>;
3348
3349 shadow_range shadows() const {
3350 return shadow_range(shadow_begin(), shadow_end());
3351 }
3352
3353 shadow_iterator shadow_begin() const {
3354 return shadow_iterator(FirstUsingShadow.getPointer());
3355 }
3356
3357 shadow_iterator shadow_end() const { return shadow_iterator(); }
3358
3359 /// Return the number of shadowed declarations associated with this
3360 /// using declaration.
3361 unsigned shadow_size() const {
3362 return std::distance(shadow_begin(), shadow_end());
3363 }
3364
3365 void addShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S);
3366 void removeShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *S);
3367
3368 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3369 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Using || K == UsingEnum; }
3370};
3371
3372/// Represents a C++ using-declaration.
3373///
3374/// For example:
3375/// \code
3376/// using someNameSpace::someIdentifier;
3377/// \endcode
3378class UsingDecl : public BaseUsingDecl, public Mergeable<UsingDecl> {
3379 /// The source location of the 'using' keyword itself.
3380 SourceLocation UsingLocation;
3381
3382 /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
3383 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
3384
3385 /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name
3386 /// embedded in the ValueDecl base class.
3387 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3388
3389 UsingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UL,
3390 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3391 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, bool HasTypenameKeyword)
3392 : BaseUsingDecl(Using, DC, NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName()),
3393 UsingLocation(UL), QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc),
3394 DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()) {
3395 setShadowFlag(HasTypenameKeyword);
3396 }
3397
3398 void anchor() override;
3399
3400public:
3401 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3402 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3403
3404 /// Return the source location of the 'using' keyword.
3405 SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; }
3406
3407 /// Set the source location of the 'using' keyword.
3408 void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; }
3409
3410 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name,
3411 /// with source-location information.
3412 NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
3413
3414 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name.
3415 NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
3416 return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
3417 }
3418
3419 DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
3420 return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc);
3421 }
3422
3423 /// Return true if it is a C++03 access declaration (no 'using').
3424 bool isAccessDeclaration() const { return UsingLocation.isInvalid(); }
3425
3426 /// Return true if the using declaration has 'typename'.
3427 bool hasTypename() const { return getShadowFlag(); }
3428
3429 /// Sets whether the using declaration has 'typename'.
3430 void setTypename(bool TN) { setShadowFlag(TN); }
3431
3432 static UsingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3433 SourceLocation UsingL,
3434 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3435 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3436 bool HasTypenameKeyword);
3437
3438 static UsingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3439
3440 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
3441
3442 /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration.
3443 UsingDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
3444 return cast<UsingDecl>(getFirstDecl());
3445 }
3446 const UsingDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
3447 return cast<UsingDecl>(getFirstDecl());
3448 }
3449
3450 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3451 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Using; }
3452};
3453
3454/// Represents a shadow constructor declaration introduced into a
3455/// class by a C++11 using-declaration that names a constructor.
3456///
3457/// For example:
3458/// \code
3459/// struct Base { Base(int); };
3460/// struct Derived {
3461/// using Base::Base; // creates a UsingDecl and a ConstructorUsingShadowDecl
3462/// };
3463/// \endcode
3464class ConstructorUsingShadowDecl final : public UsingShadowDecl {
3465 /// If this constructor using declaration inherted the constructor
3466 /// from an indirect base class, this is the ConstructorUsingShadowDecl
3467 /// in the named direct base class from which the declaration was inherited.
3468 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl = nullptr;
3469
3470 /// If this constructor using declaration inherted the constructor
3471 /// from an indirect base class, this is the ConstructorUsingShadowDecl
3472 /// that will be used to construct the unique direct or virtual base class
3473 /// that receives the constructor arguments.
3474 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl = nullptr;
3475
3476 /// \c true if the constructor ultimately named by this using shadow
3477 /// declaration is within a virtual base class subobject of the class that
3478 /// contains this declaration.
3479 unsigned IsVirtual : 1;
3480
3481 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
3482 UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target,
3483 bool TargetInVirtualBase)
3484 : UsingShadowDecl(ConstructorUsingShadow, C, DC, Loc,
3485 Using->getDeclName(), Using,
3486 Target->getUnderlyingDecl()),
3487 NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl(
3488 dyn_cast<ConstructorUsingShadowDecl>(Target)),
3489 ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl(NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl),
3490 IsVirtual(TargetInVirtualBase) {
3491 // If we found a constructor that chains to a constructor for a virtual
3492 // base, we should directly call that virtual base constructor instead.
3493 // FIXME: This logic belongs in Sema.
3494 if (NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl &&
3495 NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl->constructsVirtualBase()) {
3496 ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl =
3497 NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl->ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl;
3498 IsVirtual = true;
3499 }
3500 }
3501
3502 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl(ASTContext &C, EmptyShell Empty)
3503 : UsingShadowDecl(ConstructorUsingShadow, C, Empty), IsVirtual(false) {}
3504
3505 void anchor() override;
3506
3507public:
3508 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3509 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3510
3511 static ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3512 SourceLocation Loc,
3513 UsingDecl *Using, NamedDecl *Target,
3514 bool IsVirtual);
3515 static ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C,
3516 unsigned ID);
3517
3518 /// Override the UsingShadowDecl's getIntroducer, returning the UsingDecl that
3519 /// introduced this.
3520 UsingDecl *getIntroducer() const {
3521 return cast<UsingDecl>(UsingShadowDecl::getIntroducer());
3522 }
3523
3524 /// Returns the parent of this using shadow declaration, which
3525 /// is the class in which this is declared.
3526 //@{
3527 const CXXRecordDecl *getParent() const {
3528 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext());
3529 }
3530 CXXRecordDecl *getParent() {
3531 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(getDeclContext());
3532 }
3533 //@}
3534
3535 /// Get the inheriting constructor declaration for the direct base
3536 /// class from which this using shadow declaration was inherited, if there is
3537 /// one. This can be different for each redeclaration of the same shadow decl.
3538 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getNominatedBaseClassShadowDecl() const {
3539 return NominatedBaseClassShadowDecl;
3540 }
3541
3542 /// Get the inheriting constructor declaration for the base class
3543 /// for which we don't have an explicit initializer, if there is one.
3544 ConstructorUsingShadowDecl *getConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl() const {
3545 return ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl;
3546 }
3547
3548 /// Get the base class that was named in the using declaration. This
3549 /// can be different for each redeclaration of this same shadow decl.
3550 CXXRecordDecl *getNominatedBaseClass() const;
3551
3552 /// Get the base class whose constructor or constructor shadow
3553 /// declaration is passed the constructor arguments.
3554 CXXRecordDecl *getConstructedBaseClass() const {
3555 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>((ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl
3556 ? ConstructedBaseClassShadowDecl
3557 : getTargetDecl())
3558 ->getDeclContext());
3559 }
3560
3561 /// Returns \c true if the constructed base class is a virtual base
3562 /// class subobject of this declaration's class.
3563 bool constructsVirtualBase() const {
3564 return IsVirtual;
3565 }
3566
3567 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3568 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == ConstructorUsingShadow; }
3569};
3570
3571/// Represents a C++ using-enum-declaration.
3572///
3573/// For example:
3574/// \code
3575/// using enum SomeEnumTag ;
3576/// \endcode
3577
3578class UsingEnumDecl : public BaseUsingDecl, public Mergeable<UsingEnumDecl> {
3579 /// The source location of the 'using' keyword itself.
3580 SourceLocation UsingLocation;
3581
3582 /// Location of the 'enum' keyword.
3583 SourceLocation EnumLocation;
3584
3585 /// The enum
3586 EnumDecl *Enum;
3587
3588 UsingEnumDecl(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationName DN, SourceLocation UL,
3589 SourceLocation EL, SourceLocation NL, EnumDecl *ED)
3590 : BaseUsingDecl(UsingEnum, DC, NL, DN), UsingLocation(UL),
3591 EnumLocation(EL), Enum(ED) {}
3592
3593 void anchor() override;
3594
3595public:
3596 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3597 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3598
3599 /// The source location of the 'using' keyword.
3600 SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; }
3601 void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; }
3602
3603 /// The source location of the 'enum' keyword.
3604 SourceLocation getEnumLoc() const { return EnumLocation; }
3605 void setEnumLoc(SourceLocation L) { EnumLocation = L; }
3606
3607public:
3608 EnumDecl *getEnumDecl() const { return Enum; }
3609
3610 static UsingEnumDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3611 SourceLocation UsingL, SourceLocation EnumL,
3612 SourceLocation NameL, EnumDecl *ED);
3613
3614 static UsingEnumDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3615
3616 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
3617
3618 /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration.
3619 UsingEnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
3620 return cast<UsingEnumDecl>(getFirstDecl());
3621 }
3622 const UsingEnumDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
3623 return cast<UsingEnumDecl>(getFirstDecl());
3624 }
3625
3626 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3627 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingEnum; }
3628};
3629
3630/// Represents a pack of using declarations that a single
3631/// using-declarator pack-expanded into.
3632///
3633/// \code
3634/// template<typename ...T> struct X : T... {
3635/// using T::operator()...;
3636/// using T::operator T...;
3637/// };
3638/// \endcode
3639///
3640/// In the second case above, the UsingPackDecl will have the name
3641/// 'operator T' (which contains an unexpanded pack), but the individual
3642/// UsingDecls and UsingShadowDecls will have more reasonable names.
3643class UsingPackDecl final
3644 : public NamedDecl, public Mergeable<UsingPackDecl>,
3645 private llvm::TrailingObjects<UsingPackDecl, NamedDecl *> {
3646 /// The UnresolvedUsingValueDecl or UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl from
3647 /// which this waas instantiated.
3648 NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom;
3649
3650 /// The number of using-declarations created by this pack expansion.
3651 unsigned NumExpansions;
3652
3653 UsingPackDecl(DeclContext *DC, NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
3654 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> UsingDecls)
3655 : NamedDecl(UsingPack, DC,
3656 InstantiatedFrom ? InstantiatedFrom->getLocation()
3657 : SourceLocation(),
3658 InstantiatedFrom ? InstantiatedFrom->getDeclName()
3659 : DeclarationName()),
3660 InstantiatedFrom(InstantiatedFrom), NumExpansions(UsingDecls.size()) {
3661 std::uninitialized_copy(UsingDecls.begin(), UsingDecls.end(),
3662 getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>());
3663 }
3664
3665 void anchor() override;
3666
3667public:
3668 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3669 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3670 friend TrailingObjects;
3671
3672 /// Get the using declaration from which this was instantiated. This will
3673 /// always be an UnresolvedUsingValueDecl or an UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl
3674 /// that is a pack expansion.
3675 NamedDecl *getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl() const { return InstantiatedFrom; }
3676
3677 /// Get the set of using declarations that this pack expanded into. Note that
3678 /// some of these may still be unresolved.
3679 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> expansions() const {
3680 return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<NamedDecl *>(), NumExpansions);
3681 }
3682
3683 static UsingPackDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3684 NamedDecl *InstantiatedFrom,
3685 ArrayRef<NamedDecl *> UsingDecls);
3686
3687 static UsingPackDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID,
3688 unsigned NumExpansions);
3689
3690 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
3691 return InstantiatedFrom->getSourceRange();
3692 }
3693
3694 UsingPackDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override { return getFirstDecl(); }
3695 const UsingPackDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const { return getFirstDecl(); }
3696
3697 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3698 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UsingPack; }
3699};
3700
3701/// Represents a dependent using declaration which was not marked with
3702/// \c typename.
3703///
3704/// Unlike non-dependent using declarations, these *only* bring through
3705/// non-types; otherwise they would break two-phase lookup.
3706///
3707/// \code
3708/// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> {
3709/// using Base<T>::foo;
3710/// };
3711/// \endcode
3712class UnresolvedUsingValueDecl : public ValueDecl,
3713 public Mergeable<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl> {
3714 /// The source location of the 'using' keyword
3715 SourceLocation UsingLocation;
3716
3717 /// If this is a pack expansion, the location of the '...'.
3718 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
3719
3720 /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
3721 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
3722
3723 /// Provides source/type location info for the declaration name
3724 /// embedded in the ValueDecl base class.
3725 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
3726
3727 UnresolvedUsingValueDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType Ty,
3728 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3729 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3730 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3731 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc)
3732 : ValueDecl(UnresolvedUsingValue, DC,
3733 NameInfo.getLoc(), NameInfo.getName(), Ty),
3734 UsingLocation(UsingLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
3735 QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc), DNLoc(NameInfo.getInfo()) {}
3736
3737 void anchor() override;
3738
3739public:
3740 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3741 friend class ASTDeclWriter;
3742
3743 /// Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword.
3744 SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return UsingLocation; }
3745
3746 /// Set the source location of the 'using' keyword.
3747 void setUsingLoc(SourceLocation L) { UsingLocation = L; }
3748
3749 /// Return true if it is a C++03 access declaration (no 'using').
3750 bool isAccessDeclaration() const { return UsingLocation.isInvalid(); }
3751
3752 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name,
3753 /// with source-location information.
3754 NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
3755
3756 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name.
3757 NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
3758 return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
3759 }
3760
3761 DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
3762 return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation(), DNLoc);
3763 }
3764
3765 /// Determine whether this is a pack expansion.
3766 bool isPackExpansion() const {
3767 return EllipsisLoc.isValid();
3768 }
3769
3770 /// Get the location of the ellipsis if this is a pack expansion.
3771 SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
3772 return EllipsisLoc;
3773 }
3774
3775 static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *
3776 Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3777 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3778 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
3779
3780 static UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *
3781 CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3782
3783 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__));
3784
3785 /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration.
3786 UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
3787 return getFirstDecl();
3788 }
3789 const UnresolvedUsingValueDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
3790 return getFirstDecl();
3791 }
3792
3793 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3794 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingValue; }
3795};
3796
3797/// Represents a dependent using declaration which was marked with
3798/// \c typename.
3799///
3800/// \code
3801/// template \<class T> class A : public Base<T> {
3802/// using typename Base<T>::foo;
3803/// };
3804/// \endcode
3805///
3806/// The type associated with an unresolved using typename decl is
3807/// currently always a typename type.
3808class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl
3809 : public TypeDecl,
3810 public Mergeable<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl> {
3811 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3812
3813 /// The source location of the 'typename' keyword
3814 SourceLocation TypenameLocation;
3815
3816 /// If this is a pack expansion, the location of the '...'.
3817 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc;
3818
3819 /// The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
3820 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc;
3821
3822 UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3823 SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
3824 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3825 SourceLocation TargetNameLoc,
3826 IdentifierInfo *TargetName,
3827 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc)
3828 : TypeDecl(UnresolvedUsingTypename, DC, TargetNameLoc, TargetName,
3829 UsingLoc),
3830 TypenameLocation(TypenameLoc), EllipsisLoc(EllipsisLoc),
3831 QualifierLoc(QualifierLoc) {}
3832
3833 void anchor() override;
3834
3835public:
3836 /// Returns the source location of the 'using' keyword.
3837 SourceLocation getUsingLoc() const { return getBeginLoc(); }
3838
3839 /// Returns the source location of the 'typename' keyword.
3840 SourceLocation getTypenameLoc() const { return TypenameLocation; }
3841
3842 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name,
3843 /// with source-location information.
3844 NestedNameSpecifierLoc getQualifierLoc() const { return QualifierLoc; }
3845
3846 /// Retrieve the nested-name-specifier that qualifies the name.
3847 NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const {
3848 return QualifierLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier();
3849 }
3850
3851 DeclarationNameInfo getNameInfo() const {
3852 return DeclarationNameInfo(getDeclName(), getLocation());
3853 }
3854
3855 /// Determine whether this is a pack expansion.
3856 bool isPackExpansion() const {
3857 return EllipsisLoc.isValid();
3858 }
3859
3860 /// Get the location of the ellipsis if this is a pack expansion.
3861 SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const {
3862 return EllipsisLoc;
3863 }
3864
3865 static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *
3866 Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3867 SourceLocation TypenameLoc, NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3868 SourceLocation TargetNameLoc, DeclarationName TargetName,
3869 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
3870
3871 static UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *
3872 CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3873
3874 /// Retrieves the canonical declaration of this declaration.
3875 UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() override {
3876 return getFirstDecl();
3877 }
3878 const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getCanonicalDecl() const {
3879 return getFirstDecl();
3880 }
3881
3882 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3883 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == UnresolvedUsingTypename; }
3884};
3885
3886/// This node is generated when a using-declaration that was annotated with
3887/// __attribute__((using_if_exists)) failed to resolve to a known declaration.
3888/// In that case, Sema builds a UsingShadowDecl whose target is an instance of
3889/// this declaration, adding it to the current scope. Referring to this
3890/// declaration in any way is an error.
3891class UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl final : public NamedDecl {
3892 UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation Loc,
3893 DeclarationName Name);
3894
3895 void anchor() override;
3896
3897public:
3898 static UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl *Create(ASTContext &Ctx, DeclContext *DC,
3899 SourceLocation Loc,
3900 DeclarationName Name);
3901 static UnresolvedUsingIfExistsDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &Ctx,
3902 unsigned ID);
3903
3904 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3905 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::UnresolvedUsingIfExists; }
3906};
3907
3908/// Represents a C++11 static_assert declaration.
3909class StaticAssertDecl : public Decl {
3910 llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr *, 1, bool> AssertExprAndFailed;
3911 StringLiteral *Message;
3912 SourceLocation RParenLoc;
3913
3914 StaticAssertDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
3915 Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message,
3916 SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed)
3917 : Decl(StaticAssert, DC, StaticAssertLoc),
3918 AssertExprAndFailed(AssertExpr, Failed), Message(Message),
3919 RParenLoc(RParenLoc) {}
3920
3921 virtual void anchor();
3922
3923public:
3924 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3925
3926 static StaticAssertDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3927 SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
3928 Expr *AssertExpr, StringLiteral *Message,
3929 SourceLocation RParenLoc, bool Failed);
3930 static StaticAssertDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3931
3932 Expr *getAssertExpr() { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); }
3933 const Expr *getAssertExpr() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getPointer(); }
3934
3935 StringLiteral *getMessage() { return Message; }
3936 const StringLiteral *getMessage() const { return Message; }
3937
3938 bool isFailed() const { return AssertExprAndFailed.getInt(); }
3939
3940 SourceLocation getRParenLoc() const { return RParenLoc; }
3941
3942 SourceRange getSourceRange() const override LLVM_READONLY__attribute__((__pure__)) {
3943 return SourceRange(getLocation(), getRParenLoc());
3944 }
3945
3946 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
3947 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == StaticAssert; }
3948};
3949
3950/// A binding in a decomposition declaration. For instance, given:
3951///
3952/// int n[3];
3953/// auto &[a, b, c] = n;
3954///
3955/// a, b, and c are BindingDecls, whose bindings are the expressions
3956/// x[0], x[1], and x[2] respectively, where x is the implicit
3957/// DecompositionDecl of type 'int (&)[3]'.
3958class BindingDecl : public ValueDecl {
3959 /// The declaration that this binding binds to part of.
3960 ValueDecl *Decomp;
3961 /// The binding represented by this declaration. References to this
3962 /// declaration are effectively equivalent to this expression (except
3963 /// that it is only evaluated once at the point of declaration of the
3964 /// binding).
3965 Expr *Binding = nullptr;
3966
3967 BindingDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id)
3968 : ValueDecl(Decl::Binding, DC, IdLoc, Id, QualType()) {}
3969
3970 void anchor() override;
3971
3972public:
3973 friend class ASTDeclReader;
3974
3975 static BindingDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
3976 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id);
3977 static BindingDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
3978
3979 /// Get the expression to which this declaration is bound. This may be null
3980 /// in two different cases: while parsing the initializer for the
3981 /// decomposition declaration, and when the initializer is type-dependent.
3982 Expr *getBinding() const { return Binding; }
3983
3984 /// Get the decomposition declaration that this binding represents a
3985 /// decomposition of.
3986 ValueDecl *getDecomposedDecl() const { return Decomp; }
3987
3988 /// Get the variable (if any) that holds the value of evaluating the binding.
3989 /// Only present for user-defined bindings for tuple-like types.
3990 VarDecl *getHoldingVar() const;
3991
3992 /// Set the binding for this BindingDecl, along with its declared type (which
3993 /// should be a possibly-cv-qualified form of the type of the binding, or a
3994 /// reference to such a type).
3995 void setBinding(QualType DeclaredType, Expr *Binding) {
3996 setType(DeclaredType);
3997 this->Binding = Binding;
3998 }
3999
4000 /// Set the decomposed variable for this BindingDecl.
4001 void setDecomposedDecl(ValueDecl *Decomposed) { Decomp = Decomposed; }
4002
4003 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
4004 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::Binding; }
4005};
4006
4007/// A decomposition declaration. For instance, given:
4008///
4009/// int n[3];
4010/// auto &[a, b, c] = n;
4011///
4012/// the second line declares a DecompositionDecl of type 'int (&)[3]', and
4013/// three BindingDecls (named a, b, and c). An instance of this class is always
4014/// unnamed, but behaves in almost all other respects like a VarDecl.
4015class DecompositionDecl final
4016 : public VarDecl,
4017 private llvm::TrailingObjects<DecompositionDecl, BindingDecl *> {
4018 /// The number of BindingDecl*s following this object.
4019 unsigned NumBindings;
4020
4021 DecompositionDecl(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
4022 SourceLocation LSquareLoc, QualType T,
4023 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, StorageClass SC,
4024 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings)
4025 : VarDecl(Decomposition, C, DC, StartLoc, LSquareLoc, nullptr, T, TInfo,
4026 SC),
4027 NumBindings(Bindings.size()) {
4028 std::uninitialized_copy(Bindings.begin(), Bindings.end(),
4029 getTrailingObjects<BindingDecl *>());
4030 for (auto *B : Bindings)
4031 B->setDecomposedDecl(this);
4032 }
4033
4034 void anchor() override;
4035
4036public:
4037 friend class ASTDeclReader;
4038 friend TrailingObjects;
4039
4040 static DecompositionDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
4041 SourceLocation StartLoc,
4042 SourceLocation LSquareLoc,
4043 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4044 StorageClass S,
4045 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings);
4046 static DecompositionDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID,
4047 unsigned NumBindings);
4048
4049 ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> bindings() const {
4050 return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTrailingObjects<BindingDecl *>(), NumBindings);
4051 }
4052
4053 void printName(raw_ostream &os) const override;
4054
4055 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
4056 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decomposition; }
4057};
4058
4059/// An instance of this class represents the declaration of a property
4060/// member. This is a Microsoft extension to C++, first introduced in
4061/// Visual Studio .NET 2003 as a parallel to similar features in C#
4062/// and Managed C++.
4063///
4064/// A property must always be a non-static class member.
4065///
4066/// A property member superficially resembles a non-static data
4067/// member, except preceded by a property attribute:
4068/// __declspec(property(get=GetX, put=PutX)) int x;
4069/// Either (but not both) of the 'get' and 'put' names may be omitted.
4070///
4071/// A reference to a property is always an lvalue. If the lvalue
4072/// undergoes lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, then a getter name is
4073/// required, and that member is called with no arguments.
4074/// If the lvalue is assigned into, then a setter name is required,
4075/// and that member is called with one argument, the value assigned.
4076/// Both operations are potentially overloaded. Compound assignments
4077/// are permitted, as are the increment and decrement operators.
4078///
4079/// The getter and putter methods are permitted to be overloaded,
4080/// although their return and parameter types are subject to certain
4081/// restrictions according to the type of the property.
4082///
4083/// A property declared using an incomplete array type may
4084/// additionally be subscripted, adding extra parameters to the getter
4085/// and putter methods.
4086class MSPropertyDecl : public DeclaratorDecl {
4087 IdentifierInfo *GetterId, *SetterId;
4088
4089 MSPropertyDecl(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N,
4090 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation StartL,
4091 IdentifierInfo *Getter, IdentifierInfo *Setter)
4092 : DeclaratorDecl(MSProperty, DC, L, N, T, TInfo, StartL),
4093 GetterId(Getter), SetterId(Setter) {}
4094
4095 void anchor() override;
4096public:
4097 friend class ASTDeclReader;
4098
4099 static MSPropertyDecl *Create(ASTContext &C, DeclContext *DC,
4100 SourceLocation L, DeclarationName N, QualType T,
4101 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation StartL,
4102 IdentifierInfo *Getter, IdentifierInfo *Setter);
4103 static MSPropertyDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
4104
4105 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return D->getKind() == MSProperty; }
4106
4107 bool hasGetter() const { return GetterId != nullptr; }
4108 IdentifierInfo* getGetterId() const { return GetterId; }
4109 bool hasSetter() const { return SetterId != nullptr; }
4110 IdentifierInfo* getSetterId() const { return SetterId; }
4111};
4112
4113/// Parts of a decomposed MSGuidDecl. Factored out to avoid unnecessary
4114/// dependencies on DeclCXX.h.
4115struct MSGuidDeclParts {
4116 /// {01234567-...
4117 uint32_t Part1;
4118 /// ...-89ab-...
4119 uint16_t Part2;
4120 /// ...-cdef-...
4121 uint16_t Part3;
4122 /// ...-0123-456789abcdef}
4123 uint8_t Part4And5[8];
4124
4125 uint64_t getPart4And5AsUint64() const {
4126 uint64_t Val;
4127 memcpy(&Val, &Part4And5, sizeof(Part4And5));
4128 return Val;
4129 }
4130};
4131
4132/// A global _GUID constant. These are implicitly created by UuidAttrs.
4133///
4134/// struct _declspec(uuid("01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-456789abcdef")) X{};
4135///
4136/// X is a CXXRecordDecl that contains a UuidAttr that references the (unique)
4137/// MSGuidDecl for the specified UUID.
4138class MSGuidDecl : public ValueDecl,
4139 public Mergeable<MSGuidDecl>,
4140 public llvm::FoldingSetNode {
4141public:
4142 using Parts = MSGuidDeclParts;
4143
4144private:
4145 /// The decomposed form of the UUID.
4146 Parts PartVal;
4147
4148 /// The resolved value of the UUID as an APValue. Computed on demand and
4149 /// cached.
4150 mutable APValue APVal;
4151
4152 void anchor() override;
4153
4154 MSGuidDecl(DeclContext *DC, QualType T, Parts P);
4155
4156 static MSGuidDecl *Create(const ASTContext &C, QualType T, Parts P);
4157 static MSGuidDecl *CreateDeserialized(ASTContext &C, unsigned ID);
4158
4159 // Only ASTContext::getMSGuidDecl and deserialization create these.
4160 friend class ASTContext;
4161 friend class ASTReader;
4162 friend class ASTDeclReader;
4163
4164public:
4165 /// Print this UUID in a human-readable format.
4166 void printName(llvm::raw_ostream &OS) const override;
4167
4168 /// Get the decomposed parts of this declaration.
4169 Parts getParts() const { return PartVal; }
4170
4171 /// Get the value of this MSGuidDecl as an APValue. This may fail and return
4172 /// an absent APValue if the type of the declaration is not of the expected
4173 /// shape.
4174 APValue &getAsAPValue() const;
4175
4176 static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Parts P) {
4177 ID.AddInteger(P.Part1);
4178 ID.AddInteger(P.Part2);
4179 ID.AddInteger(P.Part3);
4180 ID.AddInteger(P.getPart4And5AsUint64());
4181 }
4182 void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { Profile(ID, PartVal); }
4183
4184 static bool classof(const Decl *D) { return classofKind(D->getKind()); }
4185 static bool classofKind(Kind K) { return K == Decl::MSGuid; }
4186};
4187
4188/// Insertion operator for diagnostics. This allows sending an AccessSpecifier
4189/// into a diagnostic with <<.
4190const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &DB,
4191 AccessSpecifier AS);
4192
4193} // namespace clang
4194
4195#endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_DECLCXX_H